Home

Owners Manual - Dealer e

1. NISSAN TECHNICAL CENTER NORTH AMERICA INC in Farmington Hills Michigan Your new NISSAN is the result of our dedication to produce the finest in safe reliable and economical transportation Your vehicle is the product of a successful worldwide company that manufactures cars and trucks in over 17 countries and distributes them in 170 nations NISSAN vehicles are designed and manufactured by Nissan Motor Co Ltd which was founded in Tokyo Japan in 1933 and NISSAN affiliates world wide collectively growing to become the fifth largest automaker in the world In addition to cars and trucks NISSAN also makes forklift trucks marine engines boats and other diversified prod ucts NISSAN has made a substantial and growing investment in North America NISSAN S commit ment is nearly 4 billion dollars in capital invest ments in facilities across the continent Some of NISSAN MANUFACTURING FACILITY in Smyrna Tennessee the facilities include the Nissan Manufacturing facility in Smyrna Tennessee vehicle styling de sign at Nissan Design America in San Diego California and engineering at Nissan Technical Center North America in Farmington Hills Michi gan Additionally NISSAN employs nearly 18 000 people throughout the United States Canada and Mexico An additional 71 000 people work for the 1 500 NISSAN and INFINITI dealers across North America NISSAN is also a substantial contributor to the Canadian economy
2. WARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat e When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear cen ter seat belt connector is completely secured e If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop SS0235 Storing rear seat belt buckles Before folding down the seat put the buckles in the storage of the seat cushion to avoid drop ping it under the seat cushion SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available The ex tender adds approximately 8 inches 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See your NISSAN dealer for assistance if the extender is required Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 31 WARNING e Only NISSAN belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment belts should be used with NISSAN belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal in jury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to in stall child re
3. repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e towing a trailer e stop and go rush hour traffic e aggressive driving 9 6 Technical and consumer information RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER Outside Temperature Range Anticipated Before Next Oil Change GASOLINE ENGINE OIL 5W 30 PREFERRED SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperatures SAE 10W 30 10W 40 viscosity oil may be used if the ambient temperature is above 0 F 18 C AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in this NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant Nissan A C System Oil Type S or the exact equivalents CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubri cant will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air conditioner sys tem components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air condition ing system service Your NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant SPECIFI
4. 9 12 Uniform tire quality grading 9 22 Tire and loading information label 9 12 Tires Bigeato lie laser een eet rere arte orereer 8 32 Tire PSS SUG aino 8 27 Tire rotation ese eeecee cetacean attend 8 33 Types of reSierosi e ioti Ee 8 31 Wheel tire SiZe sssssssssssssisrssrsrssesrsrisrernnrrnsnrensnesnrenns 9 9 Wheels and tires ssssessssssssssresrsrrnrersrinesesnerenrens 8 27 Tonneau COVER oscar et eeertece wate eussa 2 32 Top tether strap child restraints ccc 1 40 Towing Tow truck tOWINg cst ciicre ce deestcectteastcersteccniceenins 6 11 Towing a ai c ee ee 9 17 Towing load specification Chart 9 17 Towing SONU cise thanteitctestcnacetheervactarerentmicess 9 19 Trailer OWING csmennsnmsnennumnnian 9 17 Transceiver HomeLink Universal UCAS OCI Costes cee aye css ete eed cece neces cece ete 2 39 10 6 Transmission Driving with CVT Continuously Variable Transmission wesc secseseseseseseseeeseeeeestsesesteeeeseseen 5 10 Transmission selector lever lock release ececscsseseeeseseeseesseeserssetsetesatsetesetens 5 13 5 17 Transmitter See remote keyless entry system 3 5 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another COURTY seirekin renea era ani 9 10 Turn signal switch sssssssssssssrssssrsrssssneninrenrnrnnnsrsrnnnnns 2 24 U Underbody cleaning sissiissnseeieninnina 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading sesser 9 22 V Vanity mirror lightiscsnsspesienonannan 2 39 Vehicle Dimensions and weigh
5. The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the ceiling light or the map light switch or rear light switch is in the ON position the ceiling map rear and vanity mirror lights will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again insert the key into the ignition switch and move it to the ON position HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and se curity systems e s powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or Is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original trans mitter for future programming procedures i e new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For addi tional information refer to Programming HomeLink later in this section Instruments and controls 2 39 PROGRAMMING HomeLink
6. As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to speci fication at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval WARNING e After rotating the tires adjust the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the T type spare tire or any other small size spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 Wear indicator Location mark Tire wear and damage WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the tread If ex cessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire should be replaced The original tires have a built in tread wear indicator When the wear 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself indicator is visible the tire should be replaced e Improper service for a spare tire may result in serious personal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact your NISSAN dealer e For additional information regarding t
7. ccsccccessersessesee 3 8 Before starting the CNgIne eccecceeseceeeeeeeeees 5 9 Belts See drive belts 8 15 Brake Anti lock brake system ABS sesssesees 5 28 Brake DOOStE asiaan 8 20 Brake Uid isnie 8 12 Brake pedal aiseee raui E i 8 19 Brake pedal check sss sesssssssrssssssnrierenssinssrsnsneen 8 20 Brake system Infonmiation Provided Dynsersrresre rren 5 27 Parking brake check Ram 11 meesten 5 18 8 19 Parking brake operation sesser 5 18 Warming hightea 2 10 Break in schedule s ssssssssssssrssrsresrsrsrinrnnesnsnesnsnnrnnrnns 5 21 Brightness control Instrument panel seses 2 24 Bulb check instrument panel ccceeieeee 2 9 Bulb replacements 8 24 C Cabin air TMU wt rae cages ete tert 4 19 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Car phone or CB PAI vecctdcce vedi cocceederensiseretetenecs 4 33 Cargo See vehicle loading information 2 32 Cargo g r ee rere hiiaran aia 2 32 Cassette player See audio system 4 28 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 3 CD care and Cle aie ceccestecereceereeceteateetesereeeet 4 31 Ceiling MN PAE estes eects ects kts cad cee teeseaeticdecstieteeteneecect 2 37 Cellular phone ON Or sacecercirectiectechcc cen cteerits 2 29 Child TOS UMS clececesce cate renatereeorerencettrntereit ees 1 32 Installation on front passenger seat 4 1 42 Installation on rear seat center or outboard DOS ONS eunen 1 34 Precautions on child rest
8. WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS or Anti lock brake warning light AWD All wheel drive warning light AWD models BRAKE or Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Low fuel warning light CHECKING BULBS Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition key to ON without starting the engine The following lights will come on SERVICE BRAKE Or 5 ENGINE AWD The following lights come on briefly and then go off SX ABS OF amp CVT 1 suip WE If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the elec Low washer fluid warning light Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped Shale O D c W oH Cruise main switch indicator light g Cruise set indicator light CVT Continuously variable transmission indicator light lt _ trical system Have promptly WARNING LIGHTS or Anti lock brake warning light the system repaired After turning the ignition key to the ON position the light will illuminate The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that the anti lock brake system is AWD All wheel drive LOCK indicator light AWD models High beam indicator light Blue Malf
9. button Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 9 ENGINE OIL Driving Distance 0 3 750 7 500 miles Maintenance Schedule lt 4 gt Display Maintenance Notification To set the maintenance interval select the Maintenance Schedule key by using the joy stick and push the joystick to right or left To reset the maintenance interval select the RESET key using the joystick and push the ENTER button To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMATION automatically when setting trip distance is reached select the Display Maintenance Noti fication key and push the ENTER button 12 00 TIRE PRESSURE OTTSDE TO FLAT TIRE Check All tires Tire pressure information if so equipped Pressure indication in psi on the screen indicates that the pressure is being measured After a few driving trips the pressure for each tire will be displayed randomly kk The order of tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s traveling condition and the temperature 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems In case of flat tire a message is displayed on the screen FLAT TIRE very low tire air pressure WARNING When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the pressure of that tire will not be indic
10. e Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an accident Apply brakes lightly and use a low range to control your speed Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough ter rain Properly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack if so equipped and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your ve hicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move suddenly and injure your hands In stead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may become hot Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your NISSAN is more affected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control Do not drive beyond the performance of the tires even with AWD engaged Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause los
11. shield of the oncoming vehicle the driver of these vehicles may have diffi culty driving because of the brightness Use the headlight aiming control switch to lower the light axis See earlier in this section for information on xenon head lights DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM CANADA ONLY The daytime running lights automatically illumi nate when the engine is started with parking brake released The daytime running lights op erate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the pq position The daytime running lights may come on after turning the key to the OFF position and immedi WARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Instruments and controls 2 23 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the light switch is in the paz or Z position and the ignition switch is in the ON position To adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights press the control switches located on the left side of the meter panel Pressing the upper switch will brighten the lights The lower switch B dims the lights Repeatedly pressing the lower switch will turn the lights off 2 24 Instruments and controls TURN SIGNAL SWITCH 4 Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning directi
12. FADE gt BALANCE gt SSV gt Display mode To change the indicated text in display mode turn the tuning knob within 2 seconds E Channel number Channel name 1 Title Artist PAUSE MUTE To mute or pause the audio sound push the PAUSE MUTE button To release the mute or pause push the button again FM AM SAT radio operation or FM AM SAT radio select Pause mute button Pushing the FM AM Type B FM AM Type A or SAT band select button will change the band as follows AM FM or SAT Satellite When FM AM SAT radio select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the power knob is turned to ON No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna were factory installed late availability only retrofit unavailable and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active If a compact disc or tape is playing when the FM AM SAT radio select button is turned to ON the compact disc or tape will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception 4 26 D
13. Security indicator light This light blinks whenever the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key is removed or turned to OFF ACC or LOCK position This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunc tioning this light will remain on while the regis tered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System Key is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see your NISSAN dealer for Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys Instruments and controls 2 17 tem service as soon as possible Please bring all Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service 2 18 Instruments and controls WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition key is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or B Faster Also the intermittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermittent opera tion speed will be faster 2 Low continuous low speed operation 3 High continuous high speed operation Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep operation of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washe
14. WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before clos ing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition key is in the ON position and for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled Instruments and controls 2 33 Main switch Lock button PUSH Driver side DOWN PULL UP to open to close L Rear left KE 7 WAS door Aa lock switch a ee Front passenger side ae Rear right passenger side passenger side a SIC 1891 Main power window switch driver s side To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the win dows 2 34 Instruments and controls Front passenger side PULL UP to close Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window hold the switch down or up Locking passenger s windows Whe
15. button CLOCK SETTINGS 100 jr Select Time Zone Setting daylight saving time Turn ON or OFF daylight saving time Every time the Daylight Saving Time key is selected the light turns ON and OFF alternately ON The displayed time advances by one hour OFF The current time is displayed 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems CLOCK SETTINGS SAA0661 Adjusting the time to the GPS Select the Auto Adjust key The time will be reset to the GPS time CLOCK SETTINGS lt Hours 9 GPS Time 10 10 Auto Adjust O Daylight saving Time Select Time Zone Selecting the time zone 1 Select the Select Time Zone key The TIME ZONE screen will appear ee TimeZone 2 Select one of the following zones depending on the current location e Pacific zone Mountain zone e Central zone e Eastern zone e Atlantic zone e Newfoundland zone After selection the CLOCK SETTINGS screen will appear The GPS time manual time corresponding to the selected zone will be displayed Pacific zone has been set as the initial default setting Beep setting When Beep setting is on indicator light on a beep will sound if any audio button is pushed DAY NIGHT BUTTON To change the display brightness push the DAY NIGHT button Pushing the button again will change the display to DAY or NIGHT dis play
16. e Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown If a child restraint is not se cured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident child restraint will not be secured properly e The LATCH system anchors are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle This system is known as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system com patible child restraints Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH system This information may also be in the child restraint owner s manual If you have such a child restraint refer to the illustration for Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 39 the seating positions equipped with LATCH system anchors which can be used to secure the child restraint not be secured properly if the LATCH system anchors are obstructed The LATCH system an
17. posit removers etc which are sold commer cially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than stated above can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have your dealer correct the condi tion Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer or other competent service fa cility However now and then you may notice 9 4 Technical and consumer information light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load API certification mark FOR GASOLINE ENGINES ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting th
18. Adjusting the time To adjust the time push the H or M button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds The time indicator will flash Touch the H button to adjust the hour Touch the M button to adjust the minute To finish the adjusting press the PREV button or the screen will return to normal after 10 seconds HOW TO USE E M BUTTON You can change the unit as follows using the E M English Metric button Unit US Mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km HOW TO USE MAINT Maintenance BUTTON Pushing the MAINT button will change the maintenance menu as follows ENGINE OIL TIRE ROTATION TIRE PRESSURE if so equipped To reset the driving distance push the MAINT button or TRIP RESET button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds To set the distance push the joystick to left or right Tire pressure information if so equipped kk Pressure indication in psi on the screen indicates that the pressure is being measured After a few driving trips the pressure for each tire will be displayed randomly The order of tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s traveling condition and the temperature In case of flat tire a message FLAT TIRE or CHECK ALL TIRE is displayed on the screen FLAT TI
19. At this time the belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child re straint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the belt is fully retracted SSS0259A Rear Facing step 4 4 Allow the belt to retract Pull up on the belt to remove any slack in the belt 1 38 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems SSS0260A Rear Facing step 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the belt is in the automatic locking mode Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled the seat belt only locks during a sudden stop or impact e Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the child restraint lower anchors The lower anchor points right LATCH lower anchor points left SSS0233 LATCH LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHERS FOR CHILDREN SYSTEM 4 amp WARNING
20. Door locks P 3 3 Keyfob P 3 5 ON Oo A O 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR REAR 1 Fuel filler lid P 3 11 Fuel recommendation P 9 2 2 Side marker Stop Tail Turn signal light Bulb replacement P 8 24 3 Rear window defroster switch P 2 19 4 High mounted stop light P 8 26 5 Rear window wiper and washer switch P 2 19 6 Luggage light P 2 39 P 8 26 7 Back up light Bulb replacement P 8 26 8 Back door opener handle P 3 9 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 INSTRUMENT PANEL 14 15 1617 18 0 4 Illustrated table of contents 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 OOND AA WON Headlight fog light if so equipped and turn signal switch P 2 20 Trip odometer reset button P 2 4 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 24 Meters gauges P 2 3 Windshield P 2 18 rear window P 2 19 wiper and washer switch Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 25 Center ventilator P 4 16 Audio control P 4 20 Display clock P 4 4 Rear window defroster and Heated outside mirror if so equipped switch P 2 19 Display screen control and or Navigation system P 4 2 Passenger supplemental air bag P 1 9 Side ventilator P 4 16 Headlight aiming control switch if so equipped P 2 23 VDC Vehicle dynamic control off switch if so equipped P 2 27 or Headlight aiming control if so equipped P 2 23 Steering switch for audio control P 4 32
21. Fuse box cover P 8 21 Tilting steering wheel lock lever P 3 13 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 9 Horn P 2 25 Cruise control main set switch if so equipped P 5 19 Ignition switch steering lock P 5 8 Heater air conditioner control P 4 16 Coin box P 2 28 Outside mirror remote control P 3 15 Cellular phone holder P 2 29 26 AWD lock switch AWD models P 5 23 27 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 26 28 Power outlet cover P 2 27 29 Glove box P 2 30 See the page indicated in parentheses for operating details Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Illustrated table of contents 0 5 METERS AND GAUGES O 6 Illustrated table of contents oO On oOo oO FR Tachometer P 2 4 Turn signal indicator P 2 24 Hazard indica tor P 2 25 Speedometer P 2 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 5 Fuel gauge P 2 5 Reset button for trip odometer P 2 4 Warning Indicator lights P 2 9 Odometer Total Twin trip P 2 4 CVT shift position indicator P 5 10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 1 2 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 1 2 Air cleaner P 8 16 ee Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 13 Vp LASS COR DO Fey COIR a LYS Va Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Radiator filler cap P 8 8 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 F
22. Make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to loca tion Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are de termined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected e Never install tire chains on TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tires e Do not use tire chains on dry roads Tire c
23. Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 28 Three point type with retractor cccccecceece 1 25 Seat s Driver side MeEmMOTry ssissessisrinieririiernruinrerernieuen senes 3 16 Heated seats s ssssessssesrirssesnsnesnrnninnenienenennrnnnn 2 26 Seals aprono E rn erre NIREA SREE A IPERE ENEE 1 2 Security system Vehicle security system 2 16 Security systems Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine Slaflesnuisssensana iee 2 17 Security systems See vehicle security V ER EE 2 16 Servicing air Conditioner sssseeseesessreeesrerres 4 16 4 20 Shift lock release sssri 5 13 5 17 Shifting CVT Continuously Variable TRANSMISSION aenn 5 10 Shoulder belt height adjustment cee 1 28 Spare Te aa aceon eect 8 35 Spark U9 Lo reer ee peta nn ener eer ere eres 8 16 Speedometer geaccececutidencterdsensnianracueeneceunsean 2 4 Starting Before starting the Engine 5 9 Jump SUA UG acs cates tr texte rtioeettnenccuetavenseoatveuieedcee 6 8 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Pu sh Starti gsirsrsnorsakopa resinas a TENANE Enas 6 10 Starting the engine sssssseseessssessrerrerenrsrerrrresens 5 10 Steering Power steering fluid ssesssssesereererersr 8 12 Power steering SYSTCIM csseccscescessesceceseteensearen 5 27 Tilting steering wheel ssssssssssssresrsrsrrresisrreres 3 13 Steering switch for audio Control ceeeeeeeee 4 32 No ofc e nen eee ee N 2 28 Bo 011s 12 9 kerikeri enna ae ee 2 36 S
24. Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious per sonal injury Instruments and controls 2 25 HEATED SEATS if so equipped SIC2056 The front seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the center console can be operated independently driver side seat A and front passenger side seat B of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Select heat range 4 For high heat press the C gt High side of the switch 2 For low heat press the lt gt Low side of the switch 3 For no heat the switch has a center OFF position between low and high 2 26 Instruments and controls The indicator light in the switch will illuminate when low or high is selected The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch to the off position center 3 CAUTION The battery could be discharged if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the seat heater for ex tended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blan ket cushion seat cover etc Other wise the seat may become over heated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or
25. Using improper refrigerants or lubri cants will cause severe damage to your air conditioning system See Capacities and rec ommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for air con ditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recom mendations Your NISSAN dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air conditioning system WARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equip ment AUDIO SYSTEM Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and press the power on switch to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the key should be turned to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external in fluences Intermittent changes in reception qual ity normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance radio recep tion These circuits are designed to extend re ception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general characteristics of FM AM and satellite radio sig
26. and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar For models equipped with the low tire pressure warning system After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure the display of the tire pressure infor mation may show higher pressure than the COLD tire pressure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km This is because the tire pressurizes as the tire temperature rises This does not indicate a system malfunction A eA pal A AU Ni 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle 6 Close the floor cover WARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop e The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual In case of emergency 6 7 JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be e The booster battery must be rated at WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow batte
27. both be placed in a front facing direction depend restraint the center seat belt connector tongue ing on the size of the child Adjust the head and buckle tongue must be secured restraint to its highest position or remove it if See Attaching rear center seat belt the child restraint uses a top tether strap earlier in this section Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions 1 34 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems SSS0262B SSS0253A Front Facing center step 1 Front Facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions for belt routing SSS0254A Front Facing step 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child re straint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the belt is fully retracted Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 35 belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled the seat belt only locks during a sudden stop or impact SSS0062A SSS0255A Front Facing step 4 Front Facing step 5 4 Allow the belt to retract Pull up on the beltto 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint remove any sla
28. history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain side impact air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain side impact air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 17 practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain side impact air bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn of
29. ice etc e in very windy areas Do not use the cruise control when driv ing under the following conditions 3 ON OFF 1 ACCEL or RESUME switch Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident 2 COAST or SET switch 3 ON OFF switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE 4 CANCEL switch CONTROL CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS oe IURE Camo oe me nunetons i The cruise control allows driving at a speed cancels automatically The SET indicator light between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h on the meter panel then blinks to warn the without keeping your foot on the accelerator driver pedal e f the SET indicator light blinks turn the To turn on the cruise control push the main cruise control main switch off and have the switch on The CRUISE indicator light on the system checked by your NISSAN dealer meter panel will come on Starting and driving 5 19 To set at cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light will come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed follow either of these
30. pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheel sidewalls to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY T type spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident WARNING e The spare tire should be used only for emergency It should be replaced by the standard tire at the first opportu nity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage e Drive carefully while the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is in stalled Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving e Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar e With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h e When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheel and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do
31. 2 42 Programming trouble diagnosis uu 2 42 Clearing the programmed information 2 42 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 42 If your vehicle is StOION cssscscssrseerercseteereeeseteerserers 2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL 14 15 1617 18 2 2 Instruments and controls 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 OOND AA WON Headlight fog light if so equipped and turn signal switch P 2 20 Trip odometer reset button P 2 4 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 24 Meters gauges P 2 3 Windshield P 2 18 rear window P 2 19 wiper and washer switch Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 25 Center ventilator P 4 16 Audio control P 4 20 Display clock P 4 4 Rear window defroster and Heated outside mirror if so equipped switch P 2 19 Display screen control and or Navigation system P 4 2 Passenger supplemental air bag P 1 9 Side ventilator P 4 16 Headlight aiming control switch if so equipped P 2 23 VDC Vehicle dynamic control off switch if so equipped P 2 27 or Headlight aiming control if so equipped P 2 23 Steering switch for audio control P 4 32 Fuse box cover P 8 21 Tilting steering wheel lock lever P 3 13 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 9 Horn P 2 25 Cruise control main set switch if so equipped P 5 19 Ignition switch steering lock P 5 8 Heater air conditioner control P 4 16 Coin box P 2 28 Outside mirror remote
32. 8 to select the right or left outside mirror then adjust the mirror to the desired position by pushing the button Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER if so equipped The automatic drive positioner system has two features e Entry exit function e Memory storage ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driver s seat pedals Brake Accelerator and outside mirrors will automatically move when the selector lever is in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily The driver s seat will slide backward e When the key is removed from the ignition switch e When the driver s door is opened with the key turned to LOCK e When the key is turned from ACC to LOCK with the driver s door open while the selector lever is in the P Park position The drivers seat will return to the previous position e When the key is inserted into the ignition switch e When the driver s door is closed with the key turned to LOCK e When the key is turned from ACC to ON while the selector lever is in the P Park position The entry exit feature can be adjusted or can celed See Display screen heater air condi tioner and audio systems section of this manual MEMORY STORAGE Two positions for the driver s se
33. 91 For improved vehicle performance NISSAN recommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Research octane number 96 CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission con trol devices and systems and could also affect the warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWWFEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the auto mobile manufacturers developed this specifica tion to improve the emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and metha nol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use o
34. A HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting e Xenon headlights provide consider ably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your ve hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly Turn the switch to the paz position The front park side marker tail license plate and instrument lights will come on 2 Turn the switch to the ZC position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize 2 20 Instruments and controls Type B SIC 1961 SIC2051 Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position 2 Turn the ignition key to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF paz or 40 position The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark turn off the head lights when tt is light and keep the headlights on for up to 45 seconds after you turn the key to OFF and open any
35. F M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maxi mum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This information is located on the F M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating The maximum total weight rating of the ve hicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum com bined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit Example 1 Occupants Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Example 2 Occupants Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg 150 Ib x 4 600 Ib 70 kg VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Loading Information label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the illustration RARR CCH 30 Ib x 4 120 I
36. Then adjust the brightness moving the joystick right or left If no operation is done within 10 seconds or if the PREV button is pushed the display will return to the previous display Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 15 VENTILATORS Open or close and adjust the air flow direction of ventilators a This symbol indicates that the vents are closed when the vent switch is moved to the left B This symbol indicates that the vents are open when the vent switch is moved to the right HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER Automatic O O O O O O AUTO cS SED Mron Arer A C MODE G2O0G SAA0641 h AUTO climate control ON button 5 Gg rear window defroster switch refer to the 2 Instrument and controls section 6 A C air conditioner ON OFF button a fresh air button 2 3 M amp air recirculation button A u Gp front defroster button 7 MODE manual air flow control button 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 8 Temperature control knob driver only or driver and passenger 9 OFF button for climate control system 10 Fan speed control knob 11 DUAL passenger side temperature con trol ON OFF button 12 Temperature control knob passenger side WARNING The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults wh
37. Top tether strap child restraint ceceeeeee 1 40 Installation on front passenger Seat 1 42 SEATS FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT Passenger side WARNING After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Sit upright and well back A WARNING e For most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and re ceive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries 1 2 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems Forward and backward Forward and backward Pull the lever up while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining e Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward again pull the lever and move your body forward The seatback moves forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this
38. WARNING e Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain Before driving up or down grades check the road surface for bumps or potholes Be sure to climb a gentle slope and descend a gentle slope Do not drive across steep slopes Instead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward 5 6 Starting and driving Many hills are too steep for any ve hicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift selector lever while driv ing on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Be sure to use the engine brake The foot brake performance may be re duced resulting in a possible acci dent Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never attempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse range Never back down in N Neu tral using only the brake as this could cause loss of control
39. Wheel dri Ka aa or R reverse position Doing so may switch i r F sue result in transmission damage or un expected vehicle movement which Distribution of torque to the front and could result in serious vehicle dam rear wheels changes automatically age or personal injury depending on road conditions en countered 100 0 50 50 e When driving straight shift the AWD This results in improved driving stabil lock switch to OFF AUTO or ity ON LOCK Do not operate the AWD ON LOCK 1 ALL wheel drive AWD LOCK For driving on rough roads lock switch when making a turn or backing up 1 LOCK mode will change to AUTO mode automatically when the vehicle is accelerated or the vehicle speed is i over approximately 19 MPH 30 km h The AWD LOCK indicator light does not go off e Do not operate the AWD lock switch OFF AUTO and ON LOCK with the front wheel spinning OFF AUTO Goes off For driving on paved or slippery roads e If the AWD LOCK switch is operated while accelerating or decelerating or if the key switch Is turned off while in the OFF AUTO or ON LOCK position you may feel a jerk This is normal e Engine idling speed is high while warming up the engine Be especially careful when starting or driving on slippery surfaces with the AWD lock e The oil temperature of power train parts will increase if the vehicle is continuously operated under conditions where the difference in rotation between the front and rear wheel
40. ae ree 5 3 Low tire pressure warning system if so equipped se serresssrressrrrsrirssrrensrrennrrensrrensrnennnrrnnnrrennnrnns 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover sssssssssesesersrsrsrsssss 5 5 On pavement and offroad driving precautions 241 3 ener re een cen cr nv eee E 5 5 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 5 Driving safety preCautionS eeceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 6 ea o EE e a seen A resent rene treet earns a eee 5 8 Key POSIIONS seceseccscietecarceesecaseniorseteecec sensctdencstcueeceenteade 5 8 Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System 5 9 Before starting the engine s sssssssssssrssrsrsreresssnsrsnnnesnsnsnsnnnns 5 9 Starting the engine siesacsscccesseaswosensssaverecdansesvnensnrerisanveneiene 5 10 Driving TGV CIC Osrscn 5 10 CVT Continuously Variable Transmission 5 10 M CVT CVT with Manual shift mode 5 14 Parking VARS sczcteset estes esticcseccauasuannscstaetelaedtaaceedi ash sdiedieecancens 5 18 Cruise control if SO CQUIPPEM s esseseseseeeseeeseeeeen 5 19 Precautions on cruise Control eeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeees 5 19 Cruise control operations s ssesssessrsresrereereersrrersnnnns 5 19 Break in schedule ssesssesesssesssnsrsesnsnennsnrnsnnnnrnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnne 5 21 Increasing fuel ECONOMY s ssssssssrssssssrsrerssrnrsnnnnnnsnnnsnnnnnnna 5221 Using all wheel drive AWD if so equipped 5 22 AWD lock switch operations 5 23 AWD SN ACTA WU sais
41. an OFF position in between LOCK and ACC although it does not show on the lock cylinder When the ignition is in OFF the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left WARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steer ing wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage and or personal injury KEY POSITIONS The switch includes an anti theft steering lock device LOCK Normal parking position 0 The ignition key can only be removed when the switch is in this position OFF 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position activates the starter motor starting the engine NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Nissan Vehi
42. and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK button is pushed the hazard indi cator flashes once If hazard indicator and horn mode is not neces sary you can switch to hazard indicator only mode by following the switching procedure In hazard indicator only mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn oper ates Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 OPERATION GUIDE MODE Push LOCK and UNLOCK buttons for more than 2 seconds to switch Hazard indicator HAZARD INDICATOR and horn ONLY Hazard indicator only HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN Switching procedure Push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the keyfob simultaneously for more than 2 seconds to switch from one mode to the other When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica tor only mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica tor and horn mode the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments Switching indicator HAZARD 3 times HAZARD once HORN once UNLOCK HAZARD twice No operation HAZARD twice HAZARD once HORN once Locking doors and fuel filler lid 1 Remove the ignition key 1 2 Close all the doors and fuel filler
43. anti glare MUON scgesuerctnceincn 3 15 MIr OP isisisi inesperat ana eieaa iniinda tre 3 14 Inspection maintenance I M test csseee 9 23 Instrument brightness control cceeeeee 2 24 Instr ment panel cczarecccceneececeeznorzayenestcarcenestecencnosncees tana 2 2 Interior light replacement secceeeeceeeeeees 8 26 tenor NG NTS cennsa a 2 37 Ceiling Nght sessir 2 37 L ggage gMt ssiri 2 37 Map lightside 2 37 Rear IoNtenrenenunn na 2 37 ISOFIX child restraint sssesesseesresrssrerrereerssrerrerrenens 1 39 J Jump Startingesssnnsannn eee 6 8 K Keyless entry See remote keyless entry Cet EEE EEA EE E E E 3 5 E E 3 2 L Label Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Label Emission control information label 9 11 Label F M V S S certification label 9 11 Labels Air bag warning labels esseere 1 20 Engine serial NUM ETr sssssssssesrerrsrerrsrnesisrrernnns 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 10 LATCH Syst 0 eaceererets crttnersiaintncrinnmiteninerinntiavesnecie 1 39 License plate Installing front license plate 9 13 10 3 Light Air bag warning light acceeescemennacnenes 1 20 Bulb replacement cease eee cece ele ternal 8 24 FOG lgNt SWtON essegi rE a 2 24 Headlight switch sssssssesssssssrssssssrernsrsnrsrsrssrsrnenrsss 2 20 Headlights Bulb replacement 8 24 Interior lights Geen eee arene eee een es 2 37 Replace Mert execs asesierine estecctrecvn
44. as illustrated to remove The glove box may be opened by pulling the for cleaning handle WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop 2 30 Instruments and controls CONSOLE BOX WARNING The center console box should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Push the button a to open the console box lid The inside of the console box lid is designed to be used as a holder 8 such as pen etc There is a power outlet inside the console box Remove the inside tray to store a large object To lock the console box turn the key to the position To unlock the console box turn the key to the 2 position Push the button 8 and adjust the armrest 4 to the desired position Instruments and controls 2 31 ion A CONSA 325525250505 BOSS C5555 55050505 SSS 585505250505 0505 SSS 55058055 SS SSS SSS 05 C oe SSS SSS SA SIC 2061 CARGO NET if so equipped The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargo area from moving around while your vehicle is driven To install the cargo net attach the hooks to the retainers A on both sides To remove the cargo net detach the hooks from the cargo net retainers 2 32 Instruments and controls WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting e Be sure to secure hooks into the retainer
45. bag systems 1 23 CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ib 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints 4A WARNING Infants and children need special pro tection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All US states and provinces of Canada require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child restraints later in this section In addition there are many types of child re 1 24 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems straints available for larger children which should be used for maximum protection NISSAN recommends that all preteens and children be restrained in the rear seat if possible According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen ger see Supple
46. button on the control panel Display key This is a select key on the screen By selecting this key you can proceed to the next function NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS 1 TRIP drive computer button refer to page 4 8 2 SETTING button refer to page 4 11 3 Joystick and ENTER push button refer to page 4 8 4 PREV previous button refer to page 4 8 5 DAY NIGHT brightness control button re fer to page 4 15 6 10 For Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation Own er s Manual HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND ENTER BUTTON Choose an item on the display using the joystick and push the ENTER button for operation HOW TO USE PREV BUTTON This has two functions e Go back to the previous display cancel If you touch PREV button during setup the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen e Finish setup 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems If you touch this button after the setup is com pleted the setup will start over and the display will return to the climate control or Audio mode and Navigation screen SETTING UP THE START UP SCREEN When you turn the ignition key to ACC the SYSTEM START UP warning is displayed on the screen Read the warning and select the AGREE English or ENTER Francais key then push the ENTER button If you do not push
47. danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the ra diator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the selector lever to the P Park position Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner switch Open all the windows move the heater or air condi tioner temperature control to maximum hot 6 10 In case of emergency and fan control to high speed If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rpm until the tem perature gauge indication returns to normal Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood Wait until no steam or coolant can be seen before proceeding 5 Open the engine hood WARNING WARNING e Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or to get caught in the cooling fan or drive belt e The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant tempera ture is high TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When
48. do it yourself 8 17 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and the windshield wiper switch ON Turn the ignition switch OFF when the wiper is in the fully up position The wiper will stop as illustrated The wiper should be in the fully up position to avoid scratching the engine hood or wiper arm 2 Pull the wiper arm up Hold the wiper arm to avoid hitting the 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself YX e PUSH to remove We gt REMOVE the wiper blade W Lock pin v VY Q windshield and damaging the glass 3 Push the lock pin then remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade to the wiper arm until a click sounds KEEP PUSHING REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE Contact your NISSAN dealer if checking or replacement is required If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle This may clog the nozzle a that could cause improper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle un clog it with a needle or small pin PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL 3 to 4 notches under depressing force of 44 Ib 196 N SDI1391C CHECKING PARKING BRAKE From the released position depress the parking brake pedal slowly and firmly and check the notches between the initial and final positions of the pedal If it is out of the range shown above see your NISSAN dealer Mai
49. door then close all the doors With Navigation system equipped models the headlight off time can be adjusted on the system setting display See the 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio system sec tion If the ignition switch is turned OFF and one of the doors is opened and this condition is con tinued the headlights remain ON for 5 minutes Instruments and controls 2 21 SIC2052 Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor a located on the top left hand side of the instrument panel The photo sensor controls the autolamp if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate 2 22 Instruments and controls Headlight beam select 1 To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown 2 To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the 4 po sition Pull it back to select the low beam 3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam Battery saver system e When the headlight switch is in the pa or Z position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automatically turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position e When the headlight switch remains in the pa or ZC position after the lights auto matically turn off the lights will turn on for 5 minutes when the headlight switch is turned to the OFF position
50. down hooks located in the cargo area The tie down hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps e The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S certi fication label e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR 9 16 Technical and consumer information WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts on your vehicle can break or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle han dling and longer braking distances This may cause a premature tire fail ure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not cov ered by the vehicle s warranty PAYLOAD WEIGHT CAPACITY The payload weight capacity is the maximum total weight of passengers optional equipment air conditioning trailer hitch etc and cargo that your vehicle is designed to carry Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gro
51. drugs e Always observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for condi tions e Always use your seat belts Refer to Child safety and Child restraints in the Seats restraints and supple mental air bag systems section for precautions regarding children e Always provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e Always review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modi fication could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modification may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model There fore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be follow
52. drugs and driving ssssssssssssessrsrsrrsrrssrsresenns 5 5 All wheel drive AWD eccccccsccccsesssesesesecesssererssesecoese 5 29 All wheel drive AWD AWD lock switch STU ONS aoc es cece etched Facade bce cescee ceeded 5 23 Anchor point locations Top tether strap cscce cece ettacseietesesesenrnoreescteoene 1 41 Antenna sssrin venescbecenastinas ciuenteeseverntiueatsenetecueceese 4 33 Anti lock Brake System ABS ssssssssssesseses 5 28 Anti lock brake warning light scssececceecvcterrecestnepsicereree 2 9 Appearance care Exterior appearance Care ssssessseerererrsressreren 7 2 Interior appearance care eects 7 3 PINGS Stopis certeventeenttretweectededee 1 9 Audible reminders sssssssssssssssisrssrsnsneoneninrnnnrennsesnnnnns 2 15 Audio operation precautions ssssssseesersersrsee 4 21 Audio SySt Miser 4 20 Autochanger Compact Disc CD 4 30 Autolight SY SLOT ccciniinsccsirecienccceatachataraes saser 2 21 Automatic Anti glare inside MIOT ssssssssssssssisrsrsrrersssrnen 3 15 Automatic SUNTOO erect eeeettieeneuetens 2 35 Drive posItioner ssssssssssssrisresesnsnesnrnnrenenrenenesnrnnne 3 16 Seat positioner Seat seseseessreererrererrrsre rre 3 16 Avoiding collision and rollOver 5 5 AWD all wheel drive warning light 00 2 10 B B ck OO Ol sirepan eee aaa aa 3 9 Battery onseren e 8 14 Battery saver SyYStem ssssssrsrisrisrrrresrerrerrsrrerenn 2 22 Battery replacement Remote keyless entry SYStOM
53. extended periods of time The ratings range from 98 miles per hour MPH to 186 MPH You may not find this informa tion on all tires because it is not required by law 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT Abbreviation for the Department of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 1st two digit code Manufacturer s identifica tion mark 2nd two digit code Tire size 3rd three digit code Tire type code Op tional 4th four digit code Date of Manufacture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure 5 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 6 Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates that the tire requires an inner t
54. front or tilts down the sunroof will immediately open backward or tilt up The auto reverse function can be activated when the sunroof is closed by automatic operation when the ignition key is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the sunroof occurs If the auto reverse function malfunctions and repeats opening or tilting up the sunroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens then the sunroof will fully close gradually In this case make sure nothing is caught in the sunroof WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in 2 36 Instruments and controls side the vehicle before closing the sunroof Sun shade Open or close the sun shade by sliding it backward or forward The shade will open automatically when the sunroof is opened However it must be closed manually Comfortable position Depending on the driving speed and air recircu lating conditions wind noise may occur when the sunroof is fully opened Closing the sunroof one step toward the front position A from full open will decrease the wind noise WARNING e In an accident you could be
55. genuine NISSAN Service Manual or Owner s Manual please con tact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and location of a NISSAN Dealer in your area call the NISSAN Satisfaction Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN rep resentative will assist you Also available are Genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies rou tinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Technical and consumer information 9 25 Insist on the use of Genuine Nissan Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to Nissan s original exacting speci fications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine Nissan Collision Parts Nissan does not warrant non Nissan parts nor does Nissan s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine Nissan Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine Nissan Parts may prevent or limit un necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease Nissan designs its hoods with crum
56. have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and op tional scheduled maintenance items are de scribed and listed in your Service and Mainte nance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre scribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks require minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer your NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to
57. heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes increases wear on the brake linings and pads and reduces gas mileage Starting and driving 5 27 To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerat ing or downshifting Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an acci dent e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS The anti lock brake system controls the brakes at each wheel so the wheels will not lock when braking abruptly or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding 5 28 Starting and driving By preventing wheel lockup the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery sur faces Using the
58. lid 2 3 Push the LOCK button on the keyfob 4 All the doors and fuel filler lid will lock All of the doors will lock when the LOCK button on the keyfob is pushed even though a door remains open and or the ignition key is in the ON position 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once a 2 When the LOCK button is pushed with all doors and fuel filler lid locked the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once as a reminder that the doors and fuel filler lid are already locked Doors and fuel filler lid lock with the keyfob while a key is in the ignition switch How ever the panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch Doors and fuel filler lid lock with the keyfob while any door is open However hazard indicator and horn mode will not function LOCK PUSH to T UNLOCK PUSH to unlock Oe PANIC PUSH to operate SPA1397 Unlocking doors 1 Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob once e The driver s door and fuel filler lid unlocks e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors and fuel filler lid are completely closed with the ignition key in any position except the ON position e The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition key in any position except the ON position 2 Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob again within 5 seconds e All doo
59. load your ve hicle beyond this Capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire fail ure or unfavorable handling charac teristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or when ever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself result in tire failure loss of control and possible injury e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Low tire pressure warning system if SO equipped The low tire pressure warning system displays the tire pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel For more details refer to Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section Low tire pressure warning system in the 5 Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section If the tire pressure
60. malfunction have the systems checked and tuned by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that your NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements of your ve hicle in a reliable and economic way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have your NISSAN dealer check it promptly In addi tion you should notify your NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate smoothly Also make sure that all latches lo
61. meter The brake system will then behave nor mally but without anti lock assistance If the light comes on during the self check or while you are driving you should take your vehicle to your NISSAN dealer for repair at your earliest Convenience WARNING The anti lock brake system is a sophis ticated device but it cannot prevent ac cidents resulting from careless or dan gerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces but remember that the stopping distance on slippery sur faces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with the anti lock sys tem Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the responsibility for safety of self and others rests in the hands of the driver Tire type and condition of tires may also affect braking effectiveness e When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels e When installing a spare tire make sure it is the proper size and type as specified on the tire placard See Vehicle identification in the 9 Technical and consumer informa tion section for tire placard location VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM if so equipped When driving on slippery surfaces or suddenly avoiding obstacles on roads the vehicle might swerve or slip With th
62. not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the selector lever push the shift lock release button while depressing the foot brake and applying the parking brake The selector lever can be moved to N Neutral This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is dis charged after releasing the parking brake lf the battery is discharged in N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode the select lever may not be moved to the P Park position If it is necessary to park the vehicle push the shift lock release button then move the shift lever to the P Park To push the shift lock release button follow the procedure as illustrated If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have your NISSAN dealer check the CVT system as soon as possible WARNING e If the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injur ing yourself and others e Do not park the vehicle without shift ing to the P Park position Accelerator downshift In D position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depend ing on the vehicle speed High fluid temperature protection mode This transmission has a high fluid temperature protection mo
63. not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer while the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire is in stalled 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself CAUTION e Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the Original tire ground clearance is re duced To avoid damage to the ve hicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught MEMO Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 MEMO 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 00 9 2 Fuel FS COMMEGH OT ON ssaincsiiiscostactseasntsennnncuetsecersecentecenndisct 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Recommended SAE viscosity number seses 9 6 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recoMMendationS ss ciicrsicsesisosscatdcrsenceaccmnosyetorectbiccsacrannte 9 6 SPEC ICAU ONS aseeni anaa 9 7 ETE cee reer rr rere a ETE E E eee 9 7 Wheels and tires eeeenrrerne eee eeee nee reaper toner rneeera rrr etree 9 9 Dimensions and weights sexs cozcccce cto eteacitsebecccecctieettencctees 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another AS ITE sasoh syngas aeer ni ceeeacade dn cumecwmmnnmobanst EA 9 10 Vehicle TGSN UII CAUOM sesacacc
64. on the zone map 3 Press the COMPASS switch until the new zone number appears in the display After you stop pressing the switch in the display will show a compass direction within a few sec onds Inaccurate compass direction 1 With the display turned on push the COM PASS switch for 3 seconds until the zone selection comes up a number will be dis played in the mirror compass window 2 Toggle until correct zone is found and release switch 3 The display will show all segments and return to the normal compass mode within 10 sec onds of no switch activity Instruments and controls 2 7 4 If the vehicle changes zone repeat steps 1 thru 3 See map e f the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjustment have the compass checked at an authorized dealer e The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct com pass point when the vehicle moves to an area where the geomagnetism is stabilized CAUTION e Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the operation of the compass e When cleaning the mirror use a pa per towel or similar material damp ened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing 2 8 Instruments and controls
65. or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control and or CVT malfunction The malfunction indicator lamp may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least three gallons of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the ENGINE lamp should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists Operation The malfunction indicator lamp will come on in one of two ways 2 14 Instruments and controls e Malfunction indicator lamp on steady An emission control system and or CVT mal function has been detected Turn the ignition key to OFF and check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ane lamp should turn off after a few driving trips If the ENGINE lamp does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer e Malfunction indicator lamp blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age a Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h b Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration c Avoid steep uphill grades d If
66. push it for less than 1 5 seconds To eject all the discs push the EJECT button for more than 1 5 seconds When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will come out and the system will turn off If the compact disc comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it except 8 cm diameter com pact discs CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded with the system on SAA0451 CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on its inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges using the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 31 to Volume control switch voL y Down I i POWER on off switch MODEX POWER Up AN MODE select switch Memory change Seek and APS switch SAA0567 STEERING SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel POWER on off switch With the ignition key turned to the ACC o
67. reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation The transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 Instruments and controls 2 43 MEMO 2 44 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments FS OY e E A E TA 3 2 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system NVIS keys 3 2 DDOD aisa A E 3 3 Locking witi KOy craneo erarnan 3 3 Locking with inside lock Knob sssssssssssessrsrsrsrssssrsrsrsnnnns 3 4 Locking with power door lock SWItCh sssssssssesessesen 3 4 Child safety rear door lOCK ssssssssssssssssssessrsrsresnsnesrsnssnsnns 3 4 Remote keyless entry system sssssssssssssrsrssssssrsrsrerernsnsnsnnnns 3 5 How to use remote keyless entry System 3 5 Battery replacement ssssssssssssssssressrssnsnsnnnesnsnnnnnnnesnsnsnnnnnns 3 8 FOO E E EN 3 9 BaCk 00 erra are rana Nae ai 3 9 Fuel TINGE Tasisi ann onara peaa 3 11 Open the filler lid sssssssssssssssssssssnssssrsrssnsrsresns
68. section BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system by opening the drain plug located under the radiator Refill before operating the vehicle See Engine cool ing system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine coolant TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires are of a tread design to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Please consult your NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used if desired
69. should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Adminis tration NHTSA in addition to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 You may also write to NHTSA U S Depart ment of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the Hotline You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Con sumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only WARNING A vehicle equipped with AWD AII Wheel Drive should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer similar to the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is an AWD equipped vehicle before it is placed on a dynamometer Failure to do so may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Ins
70. signed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section CAUTION Running the engine with the oil pres sure warning light on could cause seri ous damage to the engine almost imme diately Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel re maining in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Low washer fluid warning light This light comes on when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition key is turned to ON and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened Instruments and controls 2 1 1 See Seat belts in the 1 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems section for pre cautions on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental a
71. system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping dis tances Normal operation The anti lock brake system will not operate at speeds below 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h to completely stop the vehicle The speeds will vary according to road conditions When the anti lock system senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator under the hood rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure like pumping the brakes very quickly While the actuator is working you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from the actuator under the hood This is normal and indicates that the anti lock system is working properly However the ABS operation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving Self test feature The anti lock brake system consists of electronic sensors electric pumps and hydraulic solenoids controlled by a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of any malfunction If the computer senses any mal function it switches the anti lock brake system OFF and turns on the ABS warning light in the
72. the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be care ful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position Otherwise it may be damaged when the engine hood is opened e Make sure the wiper blade contacts the glass otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure e Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your wind shield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades Maintenance and
73. the indicator Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 light goes off the keyfob is linked to that memory setting With the key removed from the ignition switch press the unlock button on the keyfob The driver s seat pedals Brake and Accelerator and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position Confirming memory storage e Turn the ignition ON and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator light will come on for approximately 0 5 seconds When the memory has stored the position the indicator light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds e lf the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the memory will be canceled In such a case reset the desired positions using the following procedures 1 Open and close the driver s door more than two times with the ignition key in the LOCK position 2 Reset the desired position using the previous procedure Selecting the memorized position 1 Set the sift selector lever to the P Park position 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments 2 Turn the ignition ON 3 Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat pedals Brake and Accel erator and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indicator light flashing and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop opera
74. the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on level firm ground 2 3 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire 4 amp WARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed only for lifting your vehicle during a tire change In case of emergency 6 5 Use the correct jack up points never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run engine while ve hicle is on the jack as it may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip dif ferential carriers Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack 6 6 In case of emergency Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions unde
75. thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the sunroof is clos CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof before open ing e Do not place any heavy object on the sunroof or surrounding area If the sunroof does not close Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the sunroof INTERIOR LIGHTS CEILING LIGHT The ceiling light has a three position switch When the switch is in the ON position 1 the light will illuminate When the switch is in the OFF position 2 the light will turn off When the switch is in the DOOR position 3 the light will illuminate when a door is opened The light will stay on for about 30 seconds when e The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the lock unlock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch Is in the OFF or ACC position e The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch e The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The ceiling light will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when e The drivers door is locked by the keyfob a key or the lock unlock switch e The ignition switch is turned ON When the ceiling light switch or map light switch or
76. tire life Excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corre sponds to a performance level which all passen ger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades A and B represent higher levels of performance on laboratory test wheels than the minimum re quired by law 4A WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combi nation can cause heat buildup and pos sible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN is covered by the following emis sion warranties For US e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty See Warranty Information Booklet for de tails For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet that comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Infor mation Booklet or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 191 Gardena CA 90248 0191 e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you
77. towing your vehicle all State provincial and local regulations for towing must be fol lowed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service operators are generally familiar with the appli cable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions 7 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest NISSAN dealer WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it 6 Visually check if the cooling fan is running has been lifted by a tow truck The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water CAUTION If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine e When towing make sure that the transmission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condi tion If any unit is damaged dollies In case of emergency 6 1 1 must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing 6 12 In case of emergency Two wheel drive models TO
78. turn off after a few SERVICE driving trips If the ene lamp does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an au thorized NISSAN dealer For additional information see the Malfunction indicator lamp MIL in the 2 Instruments and controls section STEERING WHEEL of your vehicle and cause an acci dent e Do not put anything on or near the steering wheel when tilting TILT OPERATION The steering wheel will pop up when the lock lever is pulled as illustrated 1 Keep holding the lock lever and adjust the steering wheel to the desired position D Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel WARNING e Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control PEDAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT if so equipped The accelerator and brake pedals can be ad justed for driving comfort Use the pedal adjusting switch to adjust the brake and accelerator pedal position forward or backward D Pedal adjustment can only be performed when e Ignition switch is in the OFF or ACC position or e Ignition switch is ON and the selector lever is in the P Park position The brake and accelerator pedals cannot be adjusted separately Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 SUN VISORS MIRRORS CAUTION Do not adjust the pedal position with your foot on the pedal Extension sun visor INSIDE MIRROR The night position will redu
79. vehicle 1 Remove the towing hook cover from the bumper using a suitable tool 2 Securely install the towing hook stored with jacking tools Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the stored place after use 6 14 In case of emergency SCE0444 WARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle Do not spin the tires at a high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged CAUTION e Use the towing hook only not other parts of the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged e Use the towing hook only to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow the vehicle for a long dis tance using only the towing hook e The towing hook is under tremen dous force when used to free a stuck vehicle Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the hook at an angle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steer ing brake or cooling systems Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in ve hicle towing or recovery 7 Appearance and care Cleaning SXTEH OF iscitissspyeasensasanassesnersysaangatinoapenindsaensratnaansanines 1 2 Seat DCIS aacipssneciestvorssscueiansannptensinsenntieded pap
80. 141 WARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position The engine could rotate unexpectedly 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying oil adhesion or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by your NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 SPARK PLUGS WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself a REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenance log but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for servicing Always replace with recommended platinum tipped spark plugs AIR CLEANER To remove the filter from the air cleaner push down the lock pins and pull the unit upward Q The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the separate Service and Mainte nance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth WARNING e Operating
81. 2 Meters and gauges sessssrssssssrsrsrsnsresnsusnnnssnsnnnnnnennsnsnnnnnns 2 3 Speedometer and odometer cscs 2 4 Tachomeie maaca 2 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge sesser 2 5 Fuel GUJE saciesas Ea er any 2 5 Compass display if so equipped cesses 2 6 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 9 Choking DOD x inisisscccesieennnntnencesasansitesieipanteniasespitinansmm 2 9 VY 211811019 E eee ere ee nce eer mere ern ree 2 9 Juke e 2 1 6 all le 9 kc sosser 2 13 Audible reminders cccscsssccssecsseesessesecsssessesseseseeseeees 2 15 Security SYSUSIIS joxrscsscoesssssceassvanannsonscguaimnecscasepenvsenasbabeamane 2 16 Vehicle security SYSTS IM secscsscccessccscaceeetassuniercecesenescseee 2 16 Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System sses 2 17 Windshield wiper and washer switch sses 2 18 Rear window wiper and washer switch sses 2 19 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 19 Headlight and turn signal switch eeeseeeeeeteeeeees 2 20 Xenon headlights if so equipped eseseseseeeees 2 20 Headlight SWitCh cxscscecetse esi cts ia aenaatecctenectacedesecaueaties 2 20 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 23 Instrument brightness Control cece 2 24 Turn signal switch sccateccactsnmnssosvesscarcercissssesiestintannndl 2 24 Fog light switch if so equipped ssesseseseseseeseees 2 24 Hazard warning flasher SWItCH cesesseeeeeeeeeteeeee
82. 2 5 FUG gaesss ea 2 5 Odometer s ssssssennnnennnnnornnenonnenrnnnsnnrnonrnnnrnnnenennnerrnne 2 4 SPCSC OMG Le aereeoreeetn iets 2 4 Tachometer sac ccievccsenseteriententermntavotnentebatecienntesines 2 4 General maintenance ies cesiscesesacciveaticecsctccveecenenseciceneveeen 8 2 Glove DOX ireen ciie era EE EREE 2 30 Glove box NO sssssssssssssenresssrsnssesnsnenrrnrsrenesrsnesrsnenenee 2 30 H Hazard warning flasher SWItCH cceeeee 2 25 Head restraints saci cecacsereceeot cata ceoecnepsscacianeeestenaees 1 7 Headlights Aiming control sssssssssssssssissssrsnsnnenennnrennnrsnnnnsnennene 2 23 Bulb replacement sssssssssssssssrsnsnesnrnnrererinnenesnennnee 8 24 Headlight SWC Misisccencc tiene ements 2 20 Xenon headlights cictneuranuretnerctwnen cies 2 20 Heated seats xiepiceeieteceeinercenereemasicrtoeeierwedinteie 2 26 Heater Engine coolant heater ssccceeeeceeee 5 32 Heater and air conditioner automatic 4 16 HomeLink Universal Transceiver s s 2 39 Hood release astecesescasedzavesdenesaneetutssaticrne eiantecenaasaeensnsees 3 9 PHO A see aces scp cece eves cc A esac 2 25 l LON WY NG Usecctes cepapct iie Erei a aeaa raia 5 8 Key pOsSItONS sssssssrssrereerrsrnrrenrenennnnnnnrenrenrnnnnrnnrennnns 5 8 Immobilizer Systems cssisnoaisainien 2 17 In cabin microfilter s sesssesessrensrseeresesrrrerrrrnrrrrrerenrene 4 19 Indicator l c 11 meeree acne ensinar a Ne Ea 2 13 Inside Automatic
83. 8 12 Audio system P 4 20 Heater and air conditioner P 4 16 Spare tire P 6 4 P 8 35 oO O N oOo oA A W NY a e Oo N O _ IN
84. A E E eee arr 8 14 DATTA STANG eanne a vees teeta ce csentsceaceces 8 15 IWS DOIS scctscsisalete te eene caticiiecancavennccsctstachacthbceensesie tetdccesacnens 8 15 SDA OG ereinen addaa E 8 16 Replacing spark plUgS esssssssssssssrsrsrsssresrsnsnesnsnsnsnrnnsns 8 16 AE cvs I E AE E A a er aee 8 16 Windshield wiper bladeS sesssssssssssrsrsresssssrsrsnesnsnsnsnsnnsns 8 17 e o EE ee 8 17 PREPAC IING PEE E E E 8 18 Rear window wiper blade ss sssssssssssssersrsrsesrssrsrsrsnnrsrsrsnns 8 19 Parking brake and brake pedal ceseeeeeeeeees 8 19 Checking parking brake tesceessssseseeeeseeeteseeeeeees 8 19 Checking brake pedal ecseseceeseseseeseeeteeeeeeseeeeees 8 20 Brake DOO STS savien a 8 20 FUSCO ssis ara E eects eee eee 8 21 Engine compartment dace sea neces ceeeccecneciceccteenee 8 21 Passenger COMPANION sccueusexececacscesiacscensatssreteencueeedes 8 22 Keyfob battery replacement ssssssssrsrssrsrsrersrssrsnsresnsesnns 8 22 Ea E A AT T eters ctt eee 8 24 PICACIIQUIS r 8 25 Exterior and interior NIQMES secccisiesacccessstssattentacctieededeeces 8 26 Wheels and tires eee ener ren ve PY eT 8 27 Tiro poSo ci iieo 8 27 Tire labeling s ssssssssssersrsrsrssssnsnsnesnnnnnsnsnennnnsnsnnnnsnsnnnnnnnnens 8 30 Types ot US sosoran ii 8 31 TONGS ansera 8 32 Changing wheels and tires cssseeseseeseeeeseeeeeees 8 33 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new NISSAN has been designed to
85. A WARNING To program your HomeLink Transceiver to op oa erate a garage door gate or entry door opener e Do not use the HomeLink Universal home or office lighting you need to be at the Transceiver with any garage door same location as the device Note Garage door opener that lacks safety stop and openers manufactured after 1996 have rolling reverse features as required by fed code protection To program a garage door eral safety standards These stan opener equipped with rolling code protection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access the smart or learn program button dards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then auto matically stop and reverse does not Indicator light Orange SIC2071 meet current federal safety stan 1 To begin press and hold the 2 outer dards Using a garage door opener HomeLink buttons to clear the memory without these features increases the until the indicator light blinks slowly after 20 risk of serious injury or death seconds Release both buttons 2 Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink sur face e During programming your garage door or gate may open or close Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or gate that you a
86. ARNING Active head restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most e Always adjust the head restraints properly as specified in the previous Active head restraints operate only in certain section Failure to do so can red ce rear end collisions After the collision the head i restraints return to their original positions the effectiveness of the active head restraint Properly adjust the active head restraints as described in the previous section 1 8 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems ARMREST Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the driver and passenger front impact supple mental air bags front seat side impact supple mental air bags curtain side impact air bags and front seat pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the face and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Supplemental side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The front seat side impact supplemental air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impac
87. AT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna were factory installed late availability only retrofit unavailable and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio performance may be effected if cargo carried on the roof rack blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite radio antenna AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Cassette player e To maintain good quality sound NISSAN recommends using cassette tapes of 60 minutes or shorter in length e Cassette tapes should be removed from Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 21 the player when not in use Store cas settes in their protective cases and away from direct sunlight heat dust moisture and magnetic sources Direct sunlight can cause the cassette to become deformed The use of deformed cassettes may cause the cassette to jam in the player Do not use cassettes with labels which are peeling and loose If used the label could jam in the player If a cassette has loose tape insert a pencil through one of the cassette hubs and rewind the tape firmly around the hubs Loose tape may cause tape jam ming and wavering sound quality Over a period of time the playback head capstan and pinch roller may col lect a tape coating residue as the tape is played This residue accumulation can cause weak or wavering sound and s
88. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 minutes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the transmission se lector lever in the P or N position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one more time If step 1 through 7 is interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is ac ceptable between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of com puters that monitor and control a number of systems to optimize performance and help ser vice technicians with diagnosis and repair De pending on the equipment on your vehicle some of the computers monitor emission control sys tems braking systems and air bag systems just to name a few Some data about vehicle opera tion may be stored in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example air bag readi ness air bag performance and seat belt use by the driver or passenger may be recorded de pending on vehicle equipment These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Re corders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehi cle s computers Sounds are not recorded NISSAN and NISSAN dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equipment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle serv
89. Affairs Department P O Box 191 Gardena California 90248 0191 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems Instruments and controls Display screen heater air conditioner and audio Pre driving checks and adjustments tem Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information lt N D N 0 Illustrated table of contents EXLSTIOL MOM achrann anr ae eE ORRERA Enni 0 2 EXGSTION TOAT ancorata ennan aae Ra Na aaia 0 3 instrument panel Pemeetnet nee ore eee eee ere eaenn een e 0 4 Meters and gauges ae enone en Penn ee rrre reer eer eee ee eeereres 0 6 Engine compartment check locations sses 0 7 EXTERIOR FRONT 1 Hood Page 3 9 2 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 20 Wiper replacement P 8 19 3 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 20 Bulb replacement P 8 26 Interior light P 2 37 Sunroof if so equipped Power windows P 2 33 Towing hook P 6 14 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 24 Daytime running light for Canada P 2 33 9 Tires Wheel and tires P 8 27 P 9 9 Flat tire P 6 2 10 Mirrors P 3 14 11 Doors Keys P 3 2
90. CATION NUMBER Chassis number The number is stamped under the passenger s seat as shown ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown F M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S certification label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle in formation such as Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Ve hicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached as shown Technical and consumer information 9 1 1 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire pressure are shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed Loading Information label affixed to the drivers inside of the hood as shown door center pillar 9 12 Technical and consumer information INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE Use the following steps to mount the license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the vinyl bag e License plate bracket License plate bracket e Screw x 2 e Bolt grommet x 2 tic i A e Bolt x 2 1 Temporarily place the license plate bracket while aligning points A of the front bumper ZS fascia with holes in the license plate bracket 2 Remove the license p
91. CATIONS Contact your NISSAN dealer when servicing ENGINE your air conditioning system Model VQ35DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle Cylinder arrangement 6 cylinder V slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 x 81 4 Displacement cu in cm 913 45 3 498 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed rpm See the emission control label on Ignition timing B T D C degree rom E NE E nace CO percentage at idle speed No air Standard PLFR5A 11 Spark plug l l Service option PLFR4A 11 PLFR6A 1 1 Spark plug gap Normal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain Technical and consumer information 9 7 The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regula tions 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Aluminum 18 x 7 1 2JJ 1 38 35 Conventional P235 65R18 104T Tire T165 90D18 107M Spare p Conventional Conventional 33 PSI 230 kPa Pressure cold Spare T type 60 PSI 420 kPa For Canada DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length in mm 187 6 4 767 Overall width in mm 74 0 1 880 Overall height without roof rack rail in mm 66 5 1 689 Overall height with roof rack rail in mm 67 3 1 709 Front tread in mm 64 2 1 630 Rear tread in mm 64 0 1 625 Wheelbase in mm 111 2 2 825 Gross vehicle weight rating Ib kg Gross axle weight rating See the F M V S S certifica t
92. Drive position the key cannot be turned to LOCK and be removed from the ignition switch Additionally the selector lever cannot be moved to R Reverse from N Neutral or any D Drive position for about 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFF position The selector lever can be moved from R Reverse to P Park with the key in the OFF or ACC position If this occurs perform the follow ing steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Turn the key to ON 3 Depress the foot brake pedal if the vehicle is in the N Neutral or any D Drive position 4 If necessary move the selector lever to P Park or N Neutral to restart the vehicle P is preferred or move the selector lever to P Park to park the vehicle 5 Turn the ignition key to LOCK to remove the key P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped For maximum safety depress the brake pedal then move the lever to the P Park position The brake pedal must be depressed any time the selector lever is moved to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the lever to the P Park position CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped when selecti
93. Foreword Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available for you READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and main tenance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e Never drive under the influence of alcohol or
94. ISSAN s low tire pressure warning system is a tire pressure monitoring system It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the tire pressure monitoring system warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle s tire information placard Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s han dling and stopping ability Each tire including the spare should be checked monthly when cold and set to the recommended inflation pres sure as specified in the vehicle placard and Owner s Manual The recommended inflation pressure may also be found on the Tire and Loading Information label Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with a low tire pressure lower than 27 psi 190 kPa the light will illuminate and the chime will sound for about 10 seconds If you select the tire pressure in the display if so equipped the FLAT TIRE warning message will be displayed For additional information see Low tire pres sure warning system in the 5 Starting and driving section and Low tire pressure warning system in the 6 In case of emergency section Also you can check the pressur
95. MS Auto Re Lock Time Shorter lt gt Longer Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights Lower __ __ gt Higher Automatic Headlights Off Delay Shorter lt gt Longer C Speed Dependent Wiper Indicator light is not illuminated OFF Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle if so equipped The driver s seat automatically moves back and returns to the original position for exceptional ease of exit and entry Remote unlock driver s door first This key can switch the unlock doors of the 1st unlocking operation as follows ON Only the driver side door lt gt OFF All the doors 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS a SAA0505A Keyless remote response Horn This key changes the horn chirp mode that occurs when pressing the LOCK button on the keyfob Keyless remote response Lights This key changes the hazard indicator flash mode that occurs when pressing the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob If you change the horn chirp or the light flash with the keyfob the mode may not be changed with the display Use the keyfob to return the mode Auto re lock time The length of the auto door re lock time can be set Select the Auto Re Lock time key then move the joystick and push the ENTER button to adjust the time Sensitivity of automatic headlights Automatic light illumination can be set as de sired Select the S
96. Never operate the accelerator pedal with the front wheels raised and the rear wheels on the ground while jack ing up or with the front wheels on the roller and the rear wheels on the ground Otherwise the vehicle could jump AWD models When a wheel is suspended due to running off the road do not idle the wheel excessively AWD models When the vehicle is on a free roller or the front or rear wheels are jacked up do not start the engine AWD models Starting and driving 5 7 IGNITION SWITCH SSD0083F On CVT Continuously Variable Transmission models the ignition lock is designed so that the key cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition make sure the selector lever is in the P Park position If the selector lever is not returned to P Park position the key cannot be moved toward LOCK When the key cannot be turned toward the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 5 8 Starting and driving 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition key slightly in the ON direc tion 3 Turn the key toward the LOCK position 4 Remove the key If the key is removed from the ignition switch the selector lever cannot be moved from P Park position The selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is
97. Nissan Canada Inc its sup pliers and over 140 dealers employ approximately 4 500 people These include company employees and the staffs of NISSAN dealers all across Canada In addition many Canadians work for companies that supply NISSAN and NISSAN deal ers with materials and services ranging from op eration of port facilities and transportation services to the supply of lubricants parts and accessories NISSAN pioneered the use of electronics and computers in automobiles and has led the industry in improving both performance and fuel efficiency through new engine designs and the use of syn thetic materials to reduce vehicle weight The company has also developed ways to build quality into its vehicles at each stage of the production process both through extensive use of automation and most importantly through an awareness that people are the central element in quality control From the time the parts arrived from our suppliers until you took delivery of your new Nissan dozens of checks were made to ensure that only the best job was being done in producing and delivering your vehicle NISSAN also takes great care to ensure that when you take your NISSAN to your dealer for maintenance the service technician will perform his work according to the quality stan dards that have been established by the factory Safety has also been built into your NISSAN As you know seat belts are an integral part of the safety systems t
98. RE very low tire air pressure 4A WARNING When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the pressure of that tire will not be indicated and not be monitored by the low tire pressure warning system Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON Pushing the SETTING button will change the settings menu as follows DISPLAY ON OFF 2 LANGUAGE 3 BEEP SET 4 SERVICE ALERT 5 PERSONALIZED SETTINGS MENU Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 5 Display ON OFF To turn off the screen select the OFF key of the Display ON OFF using the joystick The screen will change to CONFIRM DISPLAY OFF YES or NO If YES key is selected using the joystick the screen will turn off after 2 beep sound and approximately 1 second To turn on the screen push the SETTING trip control air conditioner except rear window de froster button or audio button Language The language can be changed to English or Fran ais using the joystick Beep set If the beep set OFF key is selected using the joystick the beep sound will not operate except some caution beep sounds Service alert If the service alert ON key is selected the information will be operated when the engine oil and the tire rotation reaches the preset driving distance Personalized setting menu You can s
99. Reverse from any of the D Drive positions within 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFF position N Neutral Neither forward or reverse is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving S Second Use this position for the improved engine brak ing L Low Use this position for maximum engine braking on steep downhill gradients climbing steep slopes and whenever approaching sharp bends Do not use the L position in any other circumstances Shift from the D to S or L position after releasing the accelerator pedal Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal de pressed To move the selector lever depress the brake pedal remove the cover using a suitable tool and push the shift lock release button The selector lever can be moved to N Neutral This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is dis charged If the selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park have your NISSAN dealer check the CVT system as soon as possible Accelerator downshift In D position For rapid passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into lower range dependi
100. S FF TRACK COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER TYPE A CHANGE button 2 CD slot 3 Station and preset FM AM SAT CD insert eject or CD play Type B only select button A B C preset select button CD EJECT button RADIO TUNE FF REW button ON OFF VOLUME control knob PAUSE MUTE button FM band select button Type A FM AM SAT RADIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYER 10 AM band select button Type A AND COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER TYPE B 18 11 CD play button PROG RPT PUSH AUDIO oO ON Oo A ise See 12 SAT satellite radio select button LOAD 13 Tuning up down knob and AUDIO BASS KH GC 2 kes TREBLE FADE and BALANCE SSV and NR Dolby Type B only knob TUNE PAUSE TAPE PROG haa a ete Leo S EP 14 PROG program RPT repeat play button Q 15 FM AM band select button Type B 16 TAPE play button Type B 17 TAPE EJECT button Type B 13 14 18 CD LOAD button Type B only TUNE C ANNEI SAA0651 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems FM AM SAT RADIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYER AND COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER TYPE A CD CHANGER TYPE B No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna were factory installed late availability only retrofit unavailable and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Audio m
101. STMENT Do not remove them Check the adjust back in the seat ane adjust ue seat To raise the head restraint just pull it up To ment after someone else uses the seat belt properly See Seat belts later lower push the lock knob and push the head in this section for precautions on restraint down seat belt usage To adjust the head restraint forward and back e After adjustment check to be sure ward push it in the direction required Type B the seat is securely locked WARNING Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 7 e Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Always wear seat belts No system The center of the head can prevent all injuries in any acci restraint is level with the dent center of A your ears e Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks Doing so could im pair active head restraint function The head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occu pant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant s Adjust the head restraints so the center is level ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT front head by reducing its backward movement and with the center of your ears seats helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries A W
102. Sse cetacean seen eeiase esses 5 24 Parking parking on FN Se cectecce ala ca can tpseaeacseeteteert een 5 26 Power Steering eccececeeesseceeseeeeseeseceeeeseeesseeeteeeeeseeeetseees 5 27 Brake Sysio Mirec 5 27 Braking precautions sssi sussssiisa nrnna 5 27 Anti lock brake system ABS cssssesseeeeseeees 5 28 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system if so 2100 e e meee E tener seer TA eee arenes 5 29 Cold weather driving wecassasiascssveenncnsesemacsenionninnieenstseantsett 5 30 Freeing a frozen door lOCK sssssssessssrsrsrssrsnsresnsnsnsnsnnsns 5 30 AANO C AE sssrin ae E 5 30 BAN io ET 5 30 Draining of coolant water sss sesssesssssssisssreisrriererrennnsns 5 30 Tire equipmMent sssesessrsrsrssssrsrsnesssisnsnsnennsinnsnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnene 5 31 Special winter CQUIPMENK eeeeseeseseeteeeeeeteteteeeees 5 31 Driving On SNOW Or ICG ascssssesssan as 5 31 Engine block heater if so equipped s ss 5 32 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING WARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent opera tion of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo to help pre ve
103. UN WISOUS seiras rere Sates taker eee eee aot erences 3 14 Sunroof eerere eer errr reer cenre er nre en Sera eerre nen eee 2 35 Automatic SUNTOO ccutetneiiagiecaante 2 35 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 20 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 20 2 12 Supplemental restraint system uu cette 1 9 Precautions on supplemental restraint oS eee een ere cer re eee emer eer en ereee 1 9 Switch Autolight SWITCH sirisser 2 21 AWD lock switch operations 5 23 Fog light SWIC ete acteeteenies tren teeretta tetera 2 24 Hazard warning flasher SWItCN eee 2 25 Headlight aiming CONC sc ciccstenctsescteetetens 2 23 Headlight SWCD siisii 2 20 Fe ar de gies gimme seers Cerne mn mre Reentry ree Seer 5 8 Power door lock SWItCh ssssssssessssrrsreresrsrsrsrsnnns 3 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIT eee eee ee e a 2 19 T n signal SWItON ececcecesecseectaasteecneteedseeesieasetecetee 2 24 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 27 10 5 T Tachometer crenn 2 4 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature 12106 e A E E T 2 5 Three way catalyst siviiirissiirt eieiei 5 3 Tilting steering wheel ss ssusssssssssrsrssrsreriereresnenesnennnrns 3 13 Tire AE T taenteraentetcecteecee ces cede 6 2 Low tire pressure warning system 5 3 6 2 Pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 SIAN SLY AUN A E 9 20 Spare tire eee ee eter rene eae ree eye 8 35 Tire and loading information label
104. USE FUEL ECON BUTTON The average fuel consumption MPG or L 100 km and the distance to empty DTE MI or km will appear on the screen when the FUEL ECON button is pushed Average fuel consumption Mpg or L 100 km The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pressing the TRIP RESET or FUEL ECON button for more than approxi mately 1 5 seconds The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 30 seconds and 1 3 miles 500 m after a reset or connecting battery cable the display will show Distance to empty DTE mile or km The distance to empty DTE mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The DTE is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds When the fuel level drops even lower the DTE display will change to NOTE e The DTE reading may not change from the previous reading if the amount of fuel added is small e Fuel moving in the tank while driving may cause the reading to momentarily change CLOCK The digital clock displays time when the ignition key is in ACC or ON If the power supply is disconnected the 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time
105. WING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN Two wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated CAUTION e Never tow CVT models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expen sive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels When towing CVT models with the front wheels on towing dollies e Turn the ignition key to the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ignition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism e Move the selector lever to the N Neutral position e When towing two wheel drive CVT model with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake All wheel drive models All wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated CAUTION Never tow CVT AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the drive train In case of emergency 6 13 VEHICLE RECOVERY Freeing a stuck
106. Y NOTE CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM A WARNING Model without Navigation system e Positioning of the heating or air con ditioning controls and display con trols should not be done while driv ing so that full attention may be given to the driving operation D9 999 e Do not disassemble or modify this DDE nS system Doing so may result in acci dents fire or electrical shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in acci dent fire or electric shock e In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell com ing from it stop using the system immediately and contact your near est NISSAN dealer Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents fire or electric shock 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Make sure the engine is running before using this system Using the system with the engine off igni tion ON or ACC for extended periods will drain the battery power and the engine may not start Reference symbols ENTER button This is a button on the control panel Display key This is a select key on the screen By selecting this key you can proceed to the next function NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS 1 TRIP drive computer button refer to page 4 3 FUEL ECON button refer to
107. a wheel is replaced the tire pressure of that tire will not be indicated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system reset ting Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres sure sensors CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the low tire pressure warning sys tem will not function properly FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose
108. a new fuse also opens have the electrical Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 Ji TT CNTY T il PASSENGER COMPARTMENT If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition key and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull to open the fuse box lid 1 3 Pinch the fuse perpendicularly with the fuse puller A and pull it out 4 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 5 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by your 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself NISSAN dealer KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT Suitable tool X P O the battery gide up lt gt Replace the battery as follows 1 Open the lid using a suitable tool 2 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery Sanyo CR2025 or equivalent Make sure that the side faces the bottom case 3 Close the lid securely 4 Push the keyfob button two or three times to check its operation See your NISSAN dealer if you need any assis tance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 4 above e Be careful not to touch a circuit board and a battery terminal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant however if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry e When chang
109. ach time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the RES ACCEL set switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum en gine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine per formance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed will lower fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated at the correct pres sure Low pressure will increase t
110. ack door has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving e Do not drive with the back door open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle FUEL FILLER LID Fuel filler cap holder SPA1581 OPEN THE FILLER LID FUEL FILLER CAP ee ee a ously injured if it is misused or mis To open the fuel filler lid unlock it using one of The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Tighten the handled Always stop the engine and the following operations then push the right cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard do not smoke or allow open flames hand side of the lid A i Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while or sparks near the vehicle when refu e Press the unlock button on the keyfob once refueling eling e Insert the key into the door lock cylinder and e Fuel may be under pressure Turn the turn the door key clockwise twice A WARNING cap a third of a turn and wait for any e Press the power door lock switch to the hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel unlock side e Gasoline is extremely flammable and from spraying out and possible per highly explosive under certain condi sonal injury Then remove the cap To lock close the fuel filler lid and lock the doors tions You could be burned or seri e Do not attempt to top off the fuel Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fue
111. acsatenncoaiascestcacsechancpncencteavetiteecanates 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number Chassis number 9 10 Engine serial MMI CT ssssssssssrsrssssrsrsnssnnesnnnsnennnnensnnnnsns 9 11 F M V S S Certification label essences 9 11 Emission control information label ssssessess 9 11 Tire and loading information label 9 12 Air conditioner specification label sesse 9 12 Installing front license plate cesses 9 13 Vehicle loading information oes cescseieesecececnsiczatbcnserctdeededeeces 9 14 T A o cuceseseeseeeens 9 14 Vehicle load capacity ssessssrssssssrsrsresisesnsnsnesnsnnnsnsnnens 9 15 Loading UDS german eee onain eee ane ee renee 9 16 Payload weight Capacity cccsecsntenecscsterx setuecneustauduecdes 9 16 Measurement of weights sssssssssssssrsrsrssssrsnsnesnsnsnsnsnnsns 9 16 Towing a i 2 i a net eer er neyo er rye 9 17 Maximum load WINNS sccreccsccsenctecnencccetestscnecasauetenieacccnreees 9 17 Towing load specification Chart csseseeeee 9 19 Towing Sale oosist 9 19 Uniform tire quality grading s sssssssssssssssrsrsrsrsrnsrsnsresnsesnns 9 22 Emission control system warranty 9 23 Reporting safety defects US only ccsssseseseseseeseseees 9 23 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US E1 PEENE cece AE ENNE E 9 23 Owner s Manual Service Manual order EE a E A E A T 9 25 In the event of a collision ssssssssessrsrsrs
112. ae aE E Eae aan 2 24 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside Mirror 3 15 Inside ANON erann 3 14 Outside mirror control sccnccicvrcostreadermcunacn 3 15 Outside IONS asi dacesiecsnsienssnesdovacsaat sanssixotaeenseenuat 3 15 M CVT CVT with Manual shift mode 008 5 14 N Net Cargo NEE ieiecctecctticaretieseeeceertee eerie 2 32 New vehicle PCO wecenitse sets cutectvceneetnceseneess 5 21 Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System eee 2 16 Engine ies 1g emer rmreee terete terre tee nA 5 9 O Odometer gare ee metee nme eer me ener ee eee ere eee 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel els er gi ere er eree erent arene Rene etree eee 9 2 Changing engine oil sssssssssssessrsresrssrerrererresresnns 8 10 Checking engine oil level sssssssssessrsereresresreene 8 9 ENGINE Ol scsectccoxtstcecanevacetscresinesi deeattnecncseseeuceeemesses 8 9 Engine oil WISCOSINY a wcctittceetin teresa eevcscaicee died 9 5 Outside mirror COMMON gsrcccles tet ecoenrarrase itioutvetouncetees 3 15 RSE USN Occ tetes eet eaese ates te etc et 3 15 Overheat If your vehicle overheats sss 6 10 Owner s Manual Service Manual order ais tat lo Nesie ten nme rere rence t Mrekener tne ene 9 25 P Parking Brake CHECK sracsorscsconencusoessennineutanmvennanmasanurenite 8 19 Parking brake check yricsisdescteervesikesteesvivents 5 18 Parking brake operation sesser 5 18 Parking parking on hills screams eewatomentaccnes 5 26 Pedal position adjustment 3 13 Phone Car phon
113. aeaiasbaspapeeenasenm 7 4 WV USING EEE a A ects T AE T 7 2 Corrosion protection siccepcecsanesnenes vananoessntysacanesnacnceseunsranne 7 5 MO a a seca cee ee eee teeta ee reece T2 Most common factors contributing to vehicle ROMOVING SPOTS anesan 7 3 CONO O ia tere E 7 5 Weve ois 016 0 a a ten ae tte 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of RL EE ppv ea se enc eed ages eevee es peste eee 7 3 e 0 1 e s Paneer eee aie tet ee ene ne ee ene 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheelsS ssssssssessssssrssssssnsnsrssssnsnsnsnnsnsnsneas 7 3 To protect your vehicle from CorroSiONn sses 7 5 ROI SVS E 7 3 Cleaning INTErIOT assia aiak 7 3 Floor Mals aaen E a 7 4 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it In the following cases please wash your vehicle as soon as possible to protect the paint surface e After a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e After driving on coastal roads e When contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e When dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Thoroughly rins
114. ain operation The tape deck employs a permalloy head which allows for improved reproduction of high fre quency ranges Noise is also greatly reduced by the combined use of the Dolby NR Noise Reduction system The auto loudness circuit enhances the low frequency range automatically in both radio reception and tape and CD play back ON OFF Volume control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then push the ON OFF Volume control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio tape or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off When no CD or tape is loaded the radio will come on While the system is on pushing the ON OFF Volume con trol knob turns the system off To turn the radio off press the Power Volume control knob Turn the ON OFF Volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle has Speed Sensitive control Vol ume SSV for audio type B only The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes AUDIO knob BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE SSV and NR Dolby type B only Press the AUDIO knob to change the selecting mode as follows BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE gt SSV type B only NR when cassette playing type B only To adjust BASS Treble Fader and Balance press the AUDIO knob until the desired mode BASS TREBLE FADE or BALANCE appears in the display Turn the Tuning knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level Use the Tuning kno
115. an Trailer Towing Guide US only is available from a NISSAN dealer This guide includes information on trailer towing ability and the special equipment required for proper tow ing CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from im proper towing procedures is not cov ered by NISSAN warranties A NISSAN Trailer Towing Guide U S only contain ing information on trailer towing ability and the special equipment required may be obtained from a NISSAN dealer MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification Chart found later in this section The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight e When towing a trailer load of 1 000 Ibs 454 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used The maximum GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification Chart The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater Technical and consumer information 9 17 than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appropriate for level highway driving may have to be reduced on
116. an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from uninten tionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents LOCKING WITH KEY Power The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously e Turning the driver s door key to the front of the vehicle will lock all doors including the back door and fuel filler lid e Turning the driver s door key one time to the rear of the vehicle will unlock the driver s door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it to the rear again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors and fuel filler lid Opening and closing front windows Turn the driver s door key to the unlock position and hold for about 1 second the front windows will begin to lower To stop opening turn the key to the neutral position To close the front windows with the door key cylinder turn the key to the lock position and hold for about 1 second To stop closing turn the key to the neutral position In the event of a hand in the way or other obstruction the auto reverse function will a
117. ances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Techni cal and consumer information section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e API Certification Mark e API grade SG SH Energy Conserving amp Il or API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving e ILSAC grade GF l GF Il amp GF IIl e SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperatures SAE 10W 30 10W 40 viscosity oil may be used for ambi ent temperatures above O F 18 C See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES See Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the inside of the driver side center pillar NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of ve hicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule Information found in the 5 Starting and driving section of this Owner s Manual 3 4 5 QUICK REFERENCE Battery P 8 14 Brake fluid P 8 1 2 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Hood release P 3 9 Seat P 1 2 Seat belt P 1 22 Door lock key P 3 3 Fuel P 3 11 P 9 2 Engine oil P 8 9 Windshield washer fluid P 8 13 Engine coolant P 8 8 Power steering fluid P
118. and controls 2 41 light flashes rapidly indicating successful pro gramming NOTE If programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener compo nents OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver once programmed may now be used to activate the garage door etc To operate simply press the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface 2 42 Instruments and controls e press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption e position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 inches 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located
119. and then turn to the pa or D position CAUTION e Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the ve hicle for extended periods of time otherwise this could result in a dis charged battery e Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for ex tended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically SIC1911 Headlight aiming control if so equipped Depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle and the load it is carrying the headlight axis may be higher than desired If the vehicle is traveling on a hilly road the headlights may directly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle ahead or the windshield of the oncoming vehicle The light axis can be lowered with the operation of the switch The larger the number designated on the switch the lower the axis When traveling with no heavy load or on a flat road select position O WARNING Xenon headlights are extremely bright compared to conventional headlights If the xenon headlights hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind ately turning it to the ON position This is not a malfunction The daytime running lights will be turned off when the headlight switch is turned to the AUTO only when the headlights are lit or 42 gt posi tion or when the fog light is turned on The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFF position
120. apidly during operation stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safe place immedi ately Then if the light goes off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn WARNING Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle with two wheels on a two wheel dynamometer and the other two wheels raised Doing so may result in transmission damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle dam age or personal injury CAUTION If the warning light comes on while driving OFF AUTO mode will be changed to 2 wheel drive mode Re duce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible When the warning light comes on the 2 wheel drive may be engaged even if the driving mode is in OFF AUTO or ON LOCK Be espe cially careful when driving Never drive on dry hard surface roads in the ON LOCK mode as this will overload the power train and may cause a serious malfunction e If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible The power train may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking rapi
121. arge hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control counterclockwise to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and re flected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other result ing in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON for satellite radio to receive all of the neces sary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO S
122. ary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal operation or have it repaired if necessary 5 18 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE DEPRESS NN MAN to apply release ANNI rr a SPA1286B To apply Fully depress the parking brake pedal To release 1 2 Firmly apply the foot brake Depress the parking brake pedal and the parking brake will be released Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out 4A WARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully en gaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the park ing brake and cause an accident CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped e The SET indicator light may blink when the A WARNING cruise control main switch is turned on while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch located on the steering Es wheel To properly set the cruise control i Pa system perform the preceding steps in the SORETISET e it is not possible to keep the vehicle order indicated at a set speed e in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e on winding or hilly roads GANCEL e on slippery roads rain snow
123. at pedals Brake and Accelerator and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory system 1 Set the selector lever to the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition ON 3 Adjust the driver s seat pedals Brake and Accelerator and outside mirrors to the de sired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch For additional information see Seats in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags section and Pedal position adjustment and Outside mirrors earlier in this section During this step do not turn the ignition to any positions other than ON 4 Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch After the indicator light goes off the selected positions are stored in the selected memory 1 or 2 If memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Linking a keyfob to a stored memory position A keyfob can be linked to a stored memory position with the following procedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory posi tion 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illuminated for 5 seconds press the unlock button on the keyfob The indicator light will blink After
124. at if possible e Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side or curtain side impact air bags inflate if they are not prop erly restrained Preteens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible e Also never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating supplemental front air bag could se riously injure or kill your child For additional information see Child re straints later in this section 1 12 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems Do not iean against the door SS0101 WARNING Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag The supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a fron tal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Do not lean against the door The seat belts the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seat or rear outboard sea
125. ated and not be monitored by the low tire pressure warning system Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting semnes Hep Display Vehicle Electronic Systems Softer lt i gt Louder SAA0649A For models with navigation system Please refer to the separate Navigation system Owner s Manual HOW TO USE THE SETTING BUTTON The SETTING screen will appear when the SETTING button is pushed DISPLAY SETTINGS Brightness Contrast Map Background O Display Off Setting of the under section display Display settings The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting Display key and pushing the ENTER button Brightness Contrast Map Background To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness contrast key and push the ENTER button Then you can adjust the brightness to Darker or Brighter the contrast to Lower or Higher using the joystick The Map Background is for models with naviga tion system Please refer to the separate naviga tion system Owner s Manual Display Off To turn off the screen push the SETTING button and select the Display key and Display Off key The indicator of the Display Off will turn on in amber When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The sc
126. atio Recommended fluid is Genuine Nissan Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze Fluid or equivalent WARNING Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children CAUTION Do not substitute engine antifreeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 BATTERY e Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any corrosion should be washed off with a solu tion of baking soda and water e Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened e lf the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging It WARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas generated by battery action is explo sive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 min utes and seek medical attention e Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself compounds Wash hands after han dling Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can c
127. ause a higher load on the bat tery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after han dling Keep the battery out of the reach of children DIO137MA Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the UPPER LEVEL and LOWER LEVEL lines If the side of the battery is not visible the electrolyte level can be checked through each filler opening as illustrated If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 1 Remove the cell plugs A Indicator 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL 3 Tighten cell plugs A JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact your NISSAN dealer DRIVE BELTS 2 Have the belts checked regularly for condi Power steering oil pump tion and tension Alternator Idler pulley Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor Y Tension checking points SDI0
128. b 280 kg 15 kg Luggage X3 150 Ib 150 Ib 300 Ib 301b 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg 15 kg Available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 070 Ib 485 kg Luggage Available cargo and luggage load capacity 680 Ib ie 300 kg Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX pounds or XXX kilograms on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX pounds or XXX kilograms 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle For safety that weight must not exceed the avail able cargo and luggage load capacity calcu lated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Technical and consumer information 9 15 LOADING TIPS There are tie
129. b also to adjust Fader or Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the SSV mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH turn the Tuning knob to right or left type B only To change the NR Dolby mode to OFF or ON turn the Tuning knob to right or left while cas sette tape is playing When Dolby is ON the display indicates the mark Dolby noise reduction manufactured under li cense from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Cor poration Dolby NR and the double D symbol s DE are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation After 10 seconds the radio cassette tape or CD display reappears Once the sound quality is set to the desired level press the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio cassette tape or CD display appears Display CD text To indicate the CD mode text push the AUDIO knob during CD playing Track No gt Track title Disc title BASS gt TREBLE FADE BALANCE gt SSV gt Display mode To change the indicated text in display mode turn the tuning knob within 2 seconds Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 25 The text will change as follows T Track number Track title Disc title Display satellite radio text To indicate the satellite mode text push the AUDIO knob during satellite radio play Artist gt Title BASS TREBLE
130. be retracted into a stowed position injury may result in an accident or as follows sudden stop 1 Release the connector tongue 1 by insert ing a suitable tool such as key into the connector buckle a 2 Secure the seat belt tongue into the retractor base first 2 3 Then secure the connector tongue into the retractor base 3 WARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat e When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear cen ter seat belt connector is completely secured e If the rear center seat belt connector 1 30 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems Attaching rear center seat belt Always be sure the rear center seat belt connec tor tongue and connector buckle are attached Disconnect only when folding down the rear seat To connect the buckle 1 Pull out the connector tongue from the re tractor base 1 2 Pull out the seat belt tongue from the retrac tor base 2 3 Pull the seat belt and secure the connector buckle until it clicks 3 The center seat belt connector tongue and buckle are indicated by the V and A mark The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt connector buckle To fasten the seat belt see Fastening the seat belt earlier in this section
131. belt around both your child and your self Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front seat An inflating supplemental air bag could seriously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat e NISSAN recommends that the child restraint be installed in the rear seat According to accident statistics chil dren are safer when properly re strained in the rear seat than in the front seat e An improperly installed child re straint could lead to serious injury or death in an accident In general child restraints are designed to be installed with the lap portion of a three point type seat belt In addition this vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower An chors and Tethers for CHildren system Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these lower anchors For details see LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYS TEM later in this section Child restraints for infants and children of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 e check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatib
132. ce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night CAUTION Store the main sun visor after storing the extension sun visor A WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clar ity 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments AUTO indicator light Green ON or OFF SPA1448 AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE INSIDE MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally changes reflection according to the inten sity of the headlights of the vehicle following you When the inside MIRROR switch is in the ON position The Auto indicator light will illuminate excessive glare from the headlights of the ve hicle behind you will be reduced When the switch of the inside mirror is in the OFF position the inside mirror will operate normally For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver and the compass display see the description in the 2 Instruments and controls section SPA1449A OUTSIDE MIRRORS WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects The outside mirror will operate only when the Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Move the switch to right A or left
133. chlorine based dis infectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defogger ele ments ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash regularly especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheel if not removed CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturers recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens CAUTION e Never use gasoline thinner or any similar material e The leather seats should be regularly coated with a leather wax like saddle soap Never use car wax e Never use fabric protectors unless recommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover Appearance and care 7 3 FLOOR MATS The use of Genuine Nissan floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be su
134. chors are located at the 1 To install the LATCH system compat rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH system anchors Some child restraints may also require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint When you install a LATCH system compatible child restraint to the lower anchor attachments follow these steps WARNING Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstructions over the LATCH system an chors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will ible child restraint insert the child restraint LATCH system anchor at tachments into the anchor points on the rear If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether see Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation instruc tions After attaching the child restraint and before placing the child in it use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that the child restraint is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm Check to make sure that the child restraint is proper
135. ck in the belt use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the belt is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat 1 36 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems Rear Facing outboard step 1 Rear facing When you install a child restraint in a rear outboard or center seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the seat The direction of the child restraint depends on the type of the child restraint and the size of the child Always follow the restraint manufactur er s instructions Rear Facing center step 1 SSS0046A Rear Facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions for belt routing Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 37 SSS0258A Rear Facing step 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended
136. ck securely Lubri cate if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km However the timing for tire rotation may vary according to your driving habits and road surface conditions Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Info
137. ck to the left or right to adjust the timer Speed sensing wiper interval This key turns on and off the driving speed dependent intermittent wiper function Confirm reset settings To display the Confirm Reset Settings select YES When this key is selected and turned on using the ENTER button all settings made by PER SONALIZED SETTINGS will return to the initial conditions Return all settings to default When this key is selected and turned on using the joystick all settings made by personalized setting menu will return to the initial conditions DAY NIGHT BUTTON To change the display brightness push the DAY NIGHT button Pushing the button again will change the display to DAY or NIGHT dis play Then adjust the brightness moving the joystick right or left If no operation is done within 10 seconds or if the PREV button is pushed the display will return to the previous display CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM Model with Navigation system Refer to separated Navigation OM 7 8 9 A 2 PREV 4 gt SETTING TRIP j Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 7 When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start Reference symbols ENTER button This is a
138. ckwise CAUTION e Be sure that antenna is removed be fore the vehicle enters an automatic car wash e Be sure to fold down the antenna before the vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling ANTENNA Placing the antenna You can adjust the antenna to three different positions manually CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the Engine control system and other electronic parts WARNING e A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular telephones while driving e If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 33 Information Provided by 4 34 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems DEAN LER 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving seess D 2 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide cssssssesecseseeteseees 5 2 Three way catalyst eee een meres
139. cle Immobilizer System key If the engine fails to start using the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key it may be due to interference caused by another Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring Restart the engine using the follow ing procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat step 1 and 2 again 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key If this procedure allows the engine to start NISSAN recommends placing the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE e Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear e Maintenance items should be checked peri odically for example each time you check engine oll e Check that all windows and lights are clean e Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper infla tion e Lock all doors e Position seat and adjust head restraints e Adjust inside and outside mirrors e Adjust the pedal position e Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise e Check the operation of warning lights
140. come on To turn off the passenger side temperature control push the DUAL button Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 17 Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the A C button A C OFF will be displayed and A C indicator will turn off 2 Turn the temperature set dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or detogging 1 Push the lt q FRONT defroster button on The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Turn the temperature set dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the fan speed control knob to right and set to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode e When the yy front defroster button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn int
141. control P 3 15 Cellular phone holder P 2 29 METERS AND GAUGES 26 AWD lock switch AWD models P 5 22 27 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 26 28 Power outlet cover P 2 27 29 Glove box P 2 30 See the page indicated in parentheses for operating details Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 1 Tachometer 6 Reset button for trip odometer 2 Turn signal indicator Hazard indicator 7 Warning Indicator lights 3 Speedometer 8 Odometer Total Twin trip 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge 9 CVT shift position indicator 5 Fuel gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer 4 twin trip odometer 2 are displayed when the ignition key is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips 2 4 Instruments and controls Changing the display Pushing the reset button 3 located on the side of the meter panel changes the display as follows TRIP A gt TRIP B gt TRIP A Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the reset button for more than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero x1000rpm SIC2041 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev engine into red zone A CAUTION Whe
142. control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt See Seat belts in the 1 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag sys tems section Also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt ON PAVEMENT AND OFFROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS AWD Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than passen ger cars to make them capable of performing in a variety of on pavement and offroad applica tions This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive ve hicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactori
143. cosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change The recom mended SAE viscosity number chart shows the recommended oil viscosities for the expected ambient temperatures Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause seri ous engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals Technical and consumer information 9 5 Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new NISSAN vehicle warranties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more fre quent oil and filter changes
144. cti vate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 Driver s side Front passenger s side Lock MUNLOCK S AN LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To individually lock the doors move the inside lock knob to the LOCK position then close the door To unlock pull the inside lock knob up to the UNLOCK position The front doors will automatically be unlocked and you can open the door by pulling the inside door handle When locking the door without a key be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH All door and fuel filler lid locks will be engaged when the power door lock switch is moved to the LOCK position with the driver s or front passen ger s door open Then close the door and all doors will be locked Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the LOCK position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locking helps prevent doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle When the lever is in the LOCK position the rear door can be opened only from the outside REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM It is possible to lock unlock all doors including the back door a
145. d automatically into the slot and start play ing To insert the disc first push the LOAD button After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc and the play time will appear on the display If the radio or tape is already operating it will automatically turn off and the compact disc will play CAUTION Do not force compact discs into the slot This could damage the player If the system has been turned off while the compact disc was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the com pact disc button To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pushing the CD insert select button 1 to 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the display PLAY When the CD button is pushed with the system 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the com pact disc loaded with the tape or the radio playing the tape or radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play gt gt FF Fast Forward REW Rewind When the pp fast forward or lt q rewind button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play whil
146. d not be monitored by the low tire pressure warning system Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting For models with the low tire pressure warning system e Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warn ing e The use of retread tire is not recom mended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the front wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information booklet Care of wheels e Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed e Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of
147. de If the fluid temperature be comes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer engine power and under some conditions vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission damage Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the vehicle may not accelerate above approximately 40 to 50 MPH 65 to 80 km h Fail safe If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated see Malfunction indicator lamp MIL in the 2 Instrument and controls section This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition key OFF and wait for 10 seconds Then turn the key back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does Starting and driving 5 17 not return to its normal operating condi tion have your NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary WARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually re duced On highways the reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If necess
148. displayed on the display screen is lower than the COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label check the pressure of all four tires and adjust them to the COLD tire pressure as indicated above The low tire pressure warning system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH 32 km h 4 Recommended cold tire inflation pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires gE Ne r are cold Tires are considered COLD after TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE RIGINAL TIRE SIZE Sou TRE WFLATION PRESSURE PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT TAILLE DU PNEU D ORIGINE _ PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FRODS Pane owners the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more MANUAL FOR is Een ee hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL AVANT P XXX XX R XX da a iki Tsd Fe XXX kPa XX PSI XXX kPa XX PSI f POURDAUTRES moderate speeds The recommended cold PETET COMPACT SPARE TIRE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE Aeae ORTER tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to e combined weight of occupants ROUE COMPACTE DE SECOURS PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS CONDUCTEUR and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs XXX kPa XX PSI provide the best tire wear and vehicle han Le poids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrai d jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ibs ing characteristics based on the vehicles GVWR 5 Tire size refer
149. dly Starting and driving 5 25 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS T Downhill with curb 2 Uphill with curb 3 Uphill or downhill no curb l Sws TKS e T 4A WARNING e Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Failure to do so could cause the ve hicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident BSS oO OD KKK R KOO r KX 7 S X S YS xx Lx RS Make sure the selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without de pressing the button at the end of the lever 7 Ox I U U I 1 Firmly apply the parking brake WARNING 2 Move the selector lever to the P Park posi 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into tion a Dono siop capa he vehide orel the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good practice to turn the wheels leas materials re hss dry as illustrated grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended e Never leave children unattended in the vehicle 5 26 Starting and driving e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gen
150. e fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the Pl APS FF button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last program on the compact disc is skipped through the first program will be played When the APS REW button is pushed for less than 1 5 sec onds the program being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through programs The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed When pushing the Pl APS FF or l lt APS REW button for more than 1 5 seconds each track will play for about 10 seconds To stop playing push the Pl button again CD PLAY button To change CD push the CD play select button 1 to 6 You can select if the CD is inserted PROG REPEAT RPT RPT When the PROG RPT play button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows a DISC RPT 1 DISC RPT 1TRACK RPT 1DISC RDM ALL DISC RDM a CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected To eject the selected discs by the EJECT button
151. e a professional trailer hitch outlet for a properly designed sway control ing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Suitable device for your trailer Genuine NISSAN hitches for pickup truck and sport utility vehicles are available at a NISSAN dealer e Do not use axle mounted hitches e The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper e Do not modify the vehicle exhaust system brake system etc to install a trailer hitch Technical and consumer information 9 19 e After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the pas senger compartment e Regularly check all hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted e To reduce the possibility of addi tional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the hitch and or receiver when not in use Tire pressures e When towing a trailer inflate the vehicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indi cated on the Tire and Loading Information label located on the driver s door center pillar e Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accor dance with the trailer and tire manufacturers specifications 9 20 Technical and consumer information Safety chain Always use a suitable chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bu
152. e correct oil It is essential to choose the correct quality and viscosity oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance NISSAN recommends the use of a low friction oil energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy and conserve energy Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Only those engine oils with the American Petro leum Institute API certification mark on the front API service symbol of the container should be used This type of oil supersedes the existing API SG SH or SJ and Energy Conserving amp Il categories If you cannot find engine oil with the API certifi cation mark use an API grade SG SH Energy Conserving amp Il or API grade SJ or SL Energy conserving oil An oil with a single designation SG or SH or in combination with other catego ries for example SG CC or SG CD may also be used if one with the API certification mark cannot be found An ILSAC grade GF I GF II or GF IIl oil can also be used NISSAN recommends mineral based oils These oils must however meet the API quality and SAE viscosity ratings specified for your vehicle Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil vis
153. e of all 4 tires on the display screen See Tire pressure informa tion in the 4 Display screen heater air condi tioner and audio systems section WARNING e If the light does not come on with the key switch turned ON have the ve hicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light comes on while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as pos sible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire aS soon as possible e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the pressure of that tire will not be indicated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system reset ting CAUTION The low tire pressure warning system is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of les
154. e or CB radio 4 33 Power Front seat adjustment sccceset see caeeneeveretnderetentat 1 3 Power door OCK sitecssicscice suaverrcacsncaatuercxcenemteanicien ex 3 3 Power OUST xc ccnincnweiensnnaeaaae 2 27 Power steering fluid ssssssssssssrrsrsrrrirsisrrer 8 12 Power steering SyYSteM ssssrersrrreirirsr 5 27 Power WIRGOW S sscorcsiexesocstatirerncstecceneemastenneset 2 33 Pre tensioner seat belt system ssccscesessseesesens 1 19 Precautions Audio OD CTA ON acer estceteeeaeprecteeeateceiere vette 4 21 Braking precautions iccctses cccarsccesecstsenececesseenciconts 5 27 Child restraints ssssesessseessssssrsrenrerrsreresrsrerrerereeres 1 32 Cruise Control sssessesesssrsrssrsrrrenrerrsrenesrsnenennenesens 5 19 Driving safety nner 5 6 WIGS MANIC Ecseri E 8 5 On pavement and offroad driving s s s 5 5 Seat belt usage sssessessrsreresresrerrrerresrrsrerresens 1 22 Supplemental restraint System s seesseesesess 1 9 When starting and driving sesser 5 2 P sh startiNgssanan arnar 6 10 R Radio Car phone or OB radio icici trctieecicrssteccy 4 33 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US E o EE E A E N 9 23 Rear center seat belt s sessssssrsrssesrsrrrrerssrnesesnenens 1 29 Rear door lock Child safety rear door lock 3 4 etc gn 4 eee eee A ne eee err er 2 37 Rear power DOIN sais tascesecesecses cctdetecieccsecsiensessrseveesiedes 2 27 Rear seat adjusStMent ssssssissssrsreserrerisrrsrsrsnesne
155. e pedal depressed and shift into a driving range A CAUTION 2 Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de A WARNING pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brakes should be used for this purpose e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P or N to R or D Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward Shifting or reverse range before the engine After starting the engine fully depress the brake has warmed up pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to f i R Reverse D Drive or any of the desired shift e On slippery roads do not downshift positions This may cause a loss of control e Never shift to P or R while the vehicle A WARNING is moving This could cause you to lose control and have an accident Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly Starting and driving 5 11 or roll away and result in serious per sonal injury and or property damage If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for any reason while the vehicle is in R Reverse N Neutral or any D Drive position the key cannot be
156. e shoulder belt anchor into position To raise move the adjuster up to the desired position without pushing the button WARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoulder belt down to make sure it is securely fixed in position e The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident 1 28 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems SSS0231 Seat belt hook When folding down the rear seat hook the rear seat belt at the belt hook SSS0241 REAR CENTER SEAT BELT The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue A WARNING 1 and a seat belt tongue 2 Both the con nector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be e Always fasten the connector tongue securely latched for proper seat belt operation and the seat belt in the order shown e Always make sure both the connec tor tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt Do not use it with only the seat belt tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 29 Stowing rear center seat belt and the seatbacks are not secured in When folding down the rear seat the rear center the correct position serious personal seat belt can
157. e surface dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of clean water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap such as Nissan Car Wash or a general purpose dish washing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care CAUTION e Do not use strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so that the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance After wax ing polishing is recommended to remove built up residue and to avoid a weathered ap pearance If you wish to wax your vehicle only use a wax specified for use over clear coats
158. e vehicle dynamic control VDC system sensors detect these movements and control the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle stability while driving The system also varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking e When the VDC system is operating the slip indicator in the instrument panel blinks e When only the traction control system portion of the VDC system is operating the slip indicator will also blink e Ifthe slip indicator blinks the vehicle is under slippery conditions Be sure to drive carefully See Slip indicator light and VDC off indi cator light in the 2 Instruments and con trols section e Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP and WE indicator lights come on in the meter panel As long as these warning lights are on the traction control function is canceled The VDC uses an Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS system to improve vehicle traction The Active Brake Limited Slip system works when one of the driving wheels in spinning on a slippery surface The ABLS system brakes the spinning wheel which distributed the driving power to the other drive wheel If the vehicle is operated with the vehicle dynamic control sys tem turned off all VDC and traction control functions will be turned off The ABLS and ABS system will still operate with the VDC system off If the ABLS system or the ABS system is activated the slip indicator light w
159. ecetereeetorectte 7 5 Cover Tonneau COVES visciasisiccccnisictecancticcsscaausacseecnnss 2 32 Cruise Control ssssssssseseseeresrssssrsresesrerintenrrrenenesnennenennt 5 19 C p holdsins 2 29 10 2 CVT fluid sssssesssssessesersreerssnerrererresrsrrenrenennrsnnnreneeresnrernne 8 12 CVT Driving with CVT Continuously Variable Transmission sessesseeseseserssrssrirrirnresresressrerrenrerrrsrrsnrnns 5 10 CVT Transmission selector lever lock REET S A E E 5 13 5 17 D Daytime running light system csssecsseseseseeeees 2 23 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWItCh iecetncisevntneseserccerenpnerecamnerntereeninkeeest 2 19 Dimensions and weightS ss ssssssssssrsrssrersssnsnrsrennne 9 9 Display controls See control panel buttons With navigation SyYSteEM siacateccose trance crac cau isaernseatcascereity 4 7 Display controls See control panel buttons Without navigation System cise 4 2 Door open warning WOW civeccsacetenteeteuteteceen 2 11 Drive beltS sesne eieiei eaaa 8 15 Drive positioner AUtOMALIC cece 3 16 Pedal position adjustment 3 13 Driving All wheel drive AWD 5 22 Cold weather driving sssseessesseseesresrsrerrereeresresens 5 30 Driving with CVT Continuously Variable Transmission sesasine 5 10 On pavement and offroad driving 5 5 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Safety PFE CAUTIONS eee ccsdscasieeteceticennemerctencitsonie 5 6 E Economy FUG csist
160. ed precisely CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen ro If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S amp Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING WARNING Engine Exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In ad dition certain fluids contained in ve hicles and certain products of com ponent wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other repro ductive harm 2003 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD TOKYO JAPAN All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd Welcome To The World Of NISSAN
161. eicsacecscninaducaneaincmiesuceaetenncdienenszet 5 21 Emission control information label eee 9 11 Emission control system Warranty cccsscicnccccnscare 9 23 Engine Before starting the Engine 5 9 Break in SCNCO U6 saiede cei ece termites 5 21 Capacities and recommended fuel MUS UALS atts ieni cee ee ate eset 9 2 Changing engine coolant s ssesseseeeseerssrerrereree 8 9 Changing engine oOil sssssssssesssssrsrerresrerssrrsresresens 8 10 Changing engine oil filter eee eee 8 11 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Checking engine oil level sees 8 9 Coolant temperature gauge cece 2 5 Engine block heater iccscutesuds cczscstedeccancecdustdececaners 5 32 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling SyYSteM s sssssssssssrerrrrerrreressrrnnns 8 8 sig te fg ko Rene ane onspenn ene nore 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil WISCOSIDY gsstciestccicevstiensevemuunteescats 9 5 Engine serial NUMDE accnscimrnnnen 9 11 Engine specifications cccccctever vata deriveerarerecertecs 9 7 If your vehicle overheats cccesccuseiseceserers 6 10 Starting the CNGINC ssssseceeseeeeeeteeeeees 5 10 Event data recorders orc ciccessescitydestenreecuncteetentertineees 9 24 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide ssssssesesseeseeees 5 2 Exterior light replacement ccscceeeeeeeees 8 26 F F M V S S certification label cesses 9 11 Filter Air cleaner housing fi
162. emove any loose clothing and any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection when ever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel and the bat tery On gasoline engine models with the Multiport Fuel Injection MFI Sys tem the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer be cause the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn off the engine and wait until it cools down Never connect or disconnect either the battery or any transistorized component connector while the igni tion key is on Never leave the engine or the CVT related component harness connec tor disconnected while the ignition key is on Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can hurt the envi ronment Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding
163. ensitivity of Automatic Head lights key then move the joystick to the left lower or right higher Automatic headlights off delay You can control how long it takes the automatic turn off timer to extinguish the headlights in the AUTO position Select the Automatic Headlights Off Delay key then move the joystick to the left or right to adjust the timer Speed dependent wiper This key turns on and off the driving speed dependent intermittent wiper function Return all settings to default When this key is selected and turned on using the ENTER button all settings made by VE HICLE ELECTRONICS will return to the initial conditions SYSTEM SETTINGS Language Unit O Beep Setting System settings Language Unit The LANGUAGE UNIT screen will appear when selecting the Language Unit key and pushing the ENTER button Language English or French Unit US Mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km You can select the language and unit using the joystick and ENTER button Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 13 CLOCK SETTINGS lt Hours 9 GPS Time 10 10 Auto Adjust O Daylight saving Time Select Time Zone Clock Adjusting the time Select the Hours or Minutes key and tilt the joystick to the right or left to adjust the time The time will change step by step After completion of the setting press the PRE VIOUS
164. ent scceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 8 How to use joystick and ENTER button 4 8 How to use PREV button aisccccursiessensosarnciinelscctexancnia 4 8 Setting up the start up screen cece 4 8 How to use the TRIP Button issecccsssicccacccsdscscsansouinsae 4 8 How to use the SETTING button uu eee 4 11 DAY NIGHT DUON sienscacsoiavsosicarensescacnanvensncscesesenanchians 4 15 Ventilator S iesea EEOAE 4 16 Heater and air conditioner Automatic eeeeeeeee 4 16 Automatic Operation s ssssssssesrssssisrrsrssrsisnrnennsnsiennnnnnsns 4 17 Manual operation sssssssssssessrsrsrssrsssrsnsnsnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnai 4 18 Operating TP Sossen eaoh a a 4 19 PCA mMicronlter essorer eNA 4 19 Servicing air Conditioner sascsscnsisninsstcenninntepenacddesannn ntnivticensaies 4 20 Audio SySTON arkni enea 4 20 FM radio reception sssssssssssrsrsissrsssisnsrsninnsnnnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnns 4 21 AM radio recepliON sosise 4 21 Satellite radio reception ss sssssssssssssersresreresreresrersrersnns 4 21 Audio operation precautions 4 21 FM AM radio with cassette player and compact disc CD player Type A CD changer Type B 4 25 CD care and cleaning lt ixcesvssrsnsteicavereacietiounanrendgsicnestan 4 31 Steering switch for audio control if so equipped s sessrsesressrressrressrrrsssrrnsrnrnsnrnnsnnrnnnnrennnrennnnens 4 32 PA era EE E 4 33 Car phone or CB radio sdiscnnmaceeniinariuenaan 4 33 SAFET
165. ependently except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure lower than 27 psi 190 kPa the low tire pressure warning system will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH 32 km h For more details please refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the 2 Instru ments and controls section Tire pressure in formation in the 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section and Low tire pressure warning system in the 5 Starting and driving section WARNING e If the light comes on while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as pos 6 2 In case of emergency sible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soo
166. er air 6 Keep the engine speed of the other vehicle at conditioner etc about 2 000 rpm and start your engine in the Always follow the instructions below 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so normal manner Failure to do so could result in damage equipped Cover the battery with an old to the charging system and cause per cloth as illustrated to reduce explosion haz A CAUTION sonal injury ard 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence as Do not keep starter motor engaged for i laine booeier caner ie insaneihier vehicles illustrated A gt gt gt more than 10 seconds If the engine position the two vehicles to bring their bat does not start right away turn the key teries into close proximity to each other off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 2 Apply parking brake Move the selector lever In case of emergency 6 9 PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS 7 After starting your engine carefully discon Do not start the engine by pushing nect the negative cable and then the positive A WARNING cable CAUTION 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be e Do not continue to drive if your ve sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the CVT models cannot be push started hicle overheats Doing so could vent holes as it may be contaminated with Attempting to do so may cause trans cause a vehicle fire corrosive acid mission damage e To avoid the
167. erly The order of the tire Starting and driving 5 3 pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position See Tire pressure information in the 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section for tire pressure monitor LOW TIRE PRESSURE warning If the vehicle is being driven with an extremely low tire pressure lower than 27 psi 190 kPa the low tire pressure warning light comes on and the chime sounds for about 10 seconds For additional information regarding the above warning see Warning indicator lights and au dible reminders in the 2 Instruments and controls section WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light comes on while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt brak ing reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the 5 4 Starting and driving pressure of all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or
168. ers etc may also generate car bon monoxide The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involv ing damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the converter are burned at high tem peratures to help reduce pollutants WARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people ani mals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system compo nents e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine misfires or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle in spected promptly by a NISSAN deale
169. es 2 25 FARIA TEAS EA PAN P PEE EA AEE AE A EEEE ETATS 2 25 Heated seats if so equipped ss ssrrrssrrrrsrrrrsrrresrrrens 2 26 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch i so OCU OO sescscseaecactscchexcorstennsesleadaceensnebecosatigeceess 2 27 Power outleta RE ee ote etree 2 27 SEONG DASE AE E T A AEE eau 2 28 Can TOOK sne e A ET 2 28 Cellular phone holder sssssssssssssssssserrssreresnsnssrersnrnnssnns 2 29 Gup OASIS srini i 2 29 ONE ole inep Ee en ee cee ner eee 2 30 OS OOK aerate aE 2 31 Cargo net if SO equipped sseseseeesesteseeeseeeees 2 32 Tonneau Cover if SO CQUIPPE ssesesesesesesseseeeees 2 32 VAIE ei EE ner E a or bee merrier rer ere ee rer rere erer 2 33 Power WON WY Seach ecaceriszeo sad eenneeateo oodi iarras 2 33 Sunroof if SO equipped sessssessesesesesesesesesseseeeeseseeess 2 35 A t matio SUN OO sacs encersncrcecincicsedetaceteopetcataceerttncnaty 2 35 DAE EVO oN etcetera dida 2 37 CHITIN sarres ea eaa REE A EEE 2 37 Map igne sn E ae 2 38 Roar ORE sresonsdaniinsee eevee eecetdeeeeas 2 38 LESTE gN cece ms oe ceecerctiens 2 39 Vanity mirror light if SO equipped ssecssesseseseseseeeees 2 39 HomeLink Universal Transceiver if so equipped 2 39 Programming Home Limk n se 2 40 Programming HomeLink for Canadian OUS Oe rte s teeters weet lvets esnnancece mn emuonsdecdactatenestapsiencee 2 41 Operating the HomeLink Universal TUF ANS C0 OU ssiri aa riia
170. eststeuctaetesceadeesteueaes 8 24 Vanity Mirror NIA sicsctay esate cesta ncay ee aticud earl auesice 2 39 Warning indicator lights and audible FEMINAE ear ee ctetterreroecsereceuarecegeeescan 2 9 2 13 Xenon headlights ecco ciccisccareuee tet tactettancdedacs 2 20 Lights Exterior and interior light replacement 8 24 Loading information See vehicle loading information weeceeseesssesesesescsesesssesesssesesessesesseesteenenesenenens 9 14 Lock Back door lOCK ated in a 3 9 Door lockSrineae 3 3 Glove box LOC recreate rare crete dete ected 2 30 Power door 1OCK sivsccecsctesssticcectsccencessiseeccesiecesstecte 3 3 Lockout ROLE C UO acesdecucsc ctinececenistecntcrattocurcener cements 3 4 Low fuel warning GA eee tc ateeest cerns cen ater eases 2 11 Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Low tire pressure warning System eses 5 3 6 2 Luggage light essensie 2 37 M Maintenance Batte asana 8 14 General maintenance sssssessessessresrsreeresrerrerrereeresn 8 2 Inside the vehicle issiran 8 3 Maintenance precautions ssssessesereeseresrsree 8 5 Maintenance requirement 8 2 10 4 Outside the VENICIC cccccccssscscsseccecesseceesseeeeeees 8 2 Seat belt maintenance eee 1 32 Under the hood and vehicle cesses 8 4 Malfunction indicator lamp MIL sseeseseeeee 9 14 Map lightning 2 37 Meters and gauges ssssssssssisrssssrsrisrerrsinnsisnsnrsnenrnrns 2 3 Meters and gauges Instrument brightness COMING arees
171. et the electronic systems as follows using the joystick Slide back DR seat on exit The driver s seat automatically moves back and returns to the original position for exceptional ease of exit and entry Remote unlock door logic This key can switch the unlock doors of the 1st unlocking operation as follows Only the driver side door lt All the doors Horn chirp with remote This key changes the horn chirp mode that occurs when pressing the LOCK button on the keyfob Lights flash with remote This key changes the hazard indicator flash mode that occurs when pressing the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob If you change the horn chirp or the light flash with the keyfob the mode may not be changed on the display Use the key fob to return to the original the mode 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Auto re lock time The length of the auto door re lock time can be set Select the Auto Re Lock time key then move the joystick to adjust the time Auto headlights sensitivity Automatic light illumination can be set as de sired Select the Sensitivity of Automatic Head lights key then move the joystick to the left lower or right higher Auto headlights off delay You can control how long it takes the automatic turn off timer to extinguish the headlights in the AUTO position Select the Automatic Headlights Off Delay key then move the joysti
172. f after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational WARNING e Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door fin isher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of this side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system This is to pre vent accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tem Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Tampering with the supplemental system may result in serious per sonal injury For example do not 1 18 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems change the front seat by placing ma terial near the seatback or by install ing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag e Work around and on the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tem should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation o
173. f electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring har nesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing de vices should not be used on the side air bag system The SRS wiring harnesses are cov ered with yellow and orange insula tion either just before the harness connectors or over the complete har ness for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Pre tensioner seat belt system For front seats WARNING e The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be replaced together with the retractor as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by your NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activa tion of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operation Tampering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious personal injury e Work around and on the preten sioner seat belt system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installa tion of electrical eq
174. f the luggage room if so equipped Pull up the cover to open CAUTION e Use caution as the socket and plug may be hot during or immediately after use e This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit e Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory e Use only one power outlet at a time e Use this power outlet with the engine 2 28 Instruments and controls running If the engine is stopped this could result in a discharged bat tery Avoid using when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure to turn off the power switch of electrical accessory being used or the ACC power of the vehicle Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal tem perature fuse may blow When not in use be sure to replace the cover Do not allow water to con tact the socket STORAGE COIN BOX 4A WARNING The coin box should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation To open push the coin box lid as illustrated The inner tray can be removed as illustrated Do not place valuable items in the box Do not use the coin box as an ashtray CELLULAR PHONE HOLDER WARNING e The cellular phone holder should not be used
175. fails to start using the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key it may be due to interference caused by another Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring Restart the engine using the follow ing procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat step 1 and 2 again 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key If this procedure allows the engine to start NISSAN recommends placing the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY BCM ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANUFAC TURE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT SIC2045
176. gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires includ ing the spare Refer to the Wheels and tires section TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall in case of recall 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Tire size example P215 60R16 94H P The P indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from side wall edge to sidewall edge Two digit number 60 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width R The R stands for radial Two digit number 16 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 94 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law H Speed Rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for
177. gh speeds for extended periods of time in lower than M6 range This reduces fuel economy e When shifting up move the selector lever to the up side Shifts to higher range e When shifting down move the selector lever to the down side Shifts to lower range e Moving the selector lever to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession However if this motion is rapidly done the second shifting may not be completed prop erly e In the manual shift mode the transmis sion automatically shifts down to M1 First before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating again it is nec essary to shift up to the desired range e When canceling the manual shift mode re turn the selector lever to the D position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode In the manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving performance and reduces the chance of vehicle dam age or loss of control When the CVT fluid temperature is extremely low the manual shift mode may not work and automatically shift as a drive mode This is not a malfunction In this case return the selector lever to D range and drive for a while and then shift to the manual shift mode When the CVT fluid temperature is high the shift range may upshift in lower rpm than usual This is not a malfunction Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the selector lever may
178. gine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the en gine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start DRIVING THE VEHICLE CVT Continuously Variable Transmission Gate type shift The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con trolled by a transmission control module to pro duce maximum power and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recom mended operating procedures for this transmis sion Follow these procedures for maximum ve hicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before shifting the selector lever to the R Reverse N Neutral D Drive S Sec ond or L Low position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the se lector lever This CVT model is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed be fore shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is ON The selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park position and into any of the other shift range if the ignition key is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed from the switch 1 Keep the foot brak
179. glass with the defroster before you wash REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the switch on 1 The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster Instruments and controls 2 19 HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS if so equipped WARNING AX HIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off operation It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon headlights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blink ing or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above Signs appear contact a NISSAN dealer Type
180. hains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the vari ous mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress 4 For all wheel drive If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e a scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e a sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support a shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow drifts e extra window washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE 4A WARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain Starting and driving 5 31 very cold snow or ice can be slick and e Do not use cruise control on slippery very hard to drive on The vehicle will roads have a lot less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle e Whatever the condition drive with caution Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or down ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if oy shifti
181. hat will help protect you and your passengers in the event of a sudden stop or an accident We urge you to use the seat belts every time you drive the vehicle The NISSAN story of growth and achievement reflects our major goal to provide you our cus tomer with a vehicle that is built with quality and craftsmanship a product that we can be proud to build and you can be proud to own NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact our NISSAN s Consumer Affairs Department us ing our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number on dash panel Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information on the left at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer
182. he light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on Vehicle dynamic control VDC off indicator light if so equipped After turning the ignition key to the ON position the light will illuminate The light will turn off in about 2 seconds if the vehicle dynamic control VDC system is operational The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the vehicle dynamic control system and traction control system are not operating When the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light and slip indicator light come on with the vehicle dynamic control system turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle dynamic control system s fail safe mode is op erating that is the system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer If an abnormality occurs in the system the vehicle dynamic control system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see Ve hicle dynamic control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime The chime will sound if the driver s side door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch ignition switch is turned to OFF or ACC Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime The chime will sound when the driver s d
183. he meter comes on The SECURITY indica tor light glows for about 30 seconds and then blinks The system is now activated If during this 30 second time period the door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition key is turned to ACC or ON the system will not activate Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors locked and ignition key off Turn the ignition key to ACC to turn the system off Vehicle security system operation The security system will give the following alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 1 minute However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking a door with the key or by pressing the UNLOCK button on the keyfob The alarm is activated by e Opening the door including the back door without using the key or keyfob How to stop alarm The alarm will stop only by unlocking a door with the key or by pressing the UNLOCK button on keyfob The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by your NISSAN dealer NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System key If the engine
184. hemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas consult your local NISSAN dealer Appearance and care 7 5 MEMO 7 6 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements cccceccseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 8 2 General maintenance sacccescasvnsndaterceauia aonngnnencevevaceecteinnces 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance PIECAUTIONS se seesececevsccccs vcs asecteetactorccecdeeasserearese 8 5 Engine compartment check locations seses 8 7 Engine cooling SyYStemM sssssssssssssrsrsrssssnsnsnsnnunnnsnsnnnnenensnnns 8 8 Checking engine coolant level cesses 8 8 Changing engine COON saiwcscississcsssoseisisetecesacaesnnnedonncnes 8 9 PI GING Ol EE E EA A 8 9 Checking engine oil level s ssssssssssssssssessssrsresrsresrsnssrsnns 8 9 Changing engine Oil sssessssssssssssssrssrsrrisreresreresrerssrsnrnnns 8 10 Changing engine oil filter seses 8 11 E o A N OTS E E 8 12 Power steering Uid cecsetscscccee sanesecueesenscecicetacuieexatessesceacseee 8 12 EELA e AE EE ner tre mente E OEE een 8 12 Window washer fluid 8 13 2N Sener a ere ee
185. hen a door is opened When the ceiling light or the map light switch or rear light switch is in the ON position the ceiling map rear and vanity mirror lights will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again insert the key into the ignition switch and move it to the ON position After the above procedure the ceiling map rear or vanity mirror lights will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the following with the ignition switch in the ACC or OFF position e Opening or closing any door e Locking or unlocking with the keyfob a key or the lock unlock switch e Inserting or removing a key from the ignition switch These lights will turn on again when any of the above operations is performed after the lights have turned off automatically The lights will turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the above as well CAUTION e Turn off the ceiling map rear and vanity mirror lights when you leave the vehicle e Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery SIC2131 LUGGAGE LIGHT When the switch is in the ON position a the light illuminates while the back door is opened When the back door is closed the light will go off When the switch is in the OFF position B the light will turn off VANITY MIRROR LIGHT if so equipped
186. hild restraint in the front pas senger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat The three point belt in your vehicle is equipped with a locking mode retrac tor which must be used when install 1 42 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems ing a child restraint Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The child restraint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Front ena Move seat fully back SS0301 Front facing If you must install a child restraint in the front seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the front pas senger seat It should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Adjust the head restraint to its highest position Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat E INSERT to fasten Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing Puil to engage automatic locking mode Fron
187. hould be removed periodically with a head cleaning tape If the residue is not removed periodically the player may need to be disassembled for cleaning COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO R 5 My A y Y M M qu Compact Disc CD player e Only use high quality 4 7 inches 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player com pletely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work prop erly The following CDs may not work prop erly e Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R e Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction e 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 23 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH 1 SEEK APS REW AP
188. ic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal operation or have it repaired if necessary Starting and driving 5 13 M CVT CVT with Manual shift mode Gate type shift with manual mode The M CVT in your vehicle is electronically con trolled by a transmission control module to pro duce maximum power and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recom mended operating procedures for this transmis sion Follow these procedures for maximum ve hicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before shifting the selector lever to the R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the selector lever This M CVT is designed so that the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is ON The selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch 1 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and 5 14 Starting and driving shift the selector lever into a driving gear 2 Release the parking brake and foot bra
189. icing or for special research It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in re sponse to a request by law enforcement or as otherwise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine Nissan Service Manuals CS A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment procedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at autho rized NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genu ine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models GET THE INSIDE STORY In the USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 639 8841 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact DDS Distribution Services Ltd 20770 Westwood Dr Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for the 2002 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact DDS Distribution Services Ltd 20770 Westwood Dr Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 In Canada To purchase a copy of a
190. icle the supplemental front air bags side air bags curtain side impact air bags related parts and pre tensioner seat belt should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition key should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle WARNING e Once the supplemental front air bag side air bag or curtain side impact air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belt must also be replaced The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag modules and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired The supplemental front air bag and side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of these supplemental systems or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Ser vice Manual Incorrect disposal pro cedures could cause personal injury Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 21 SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in you
191. ill apply and must be followed The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle dam age or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental air bag operation The supplemental air bag system has dual stage inflators for both the driver and passenger air bags The system monitors information from the crash zone sensor the diagnosis sensor unit and seat belt buckle sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and whether the seat belts are being used Only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash sever ity and whether the front occupants are belted or Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 15 unbelted This does not indicate improper per formance of the system If you have any ques tions about the performance of your air bag system please contact your NISSAN dealer When the supplemental front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental fro
192. ill blink and you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsa tion in the brake pedal This is also normal and indicates the brake fluid pressure is controlled properly While the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working prop erly The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction WARNING e The vehicle dynamic control system Starting and driving 5 29 is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent acci dents due to abrupt steering opera tion at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Re duce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully If engine related parts such as muf fler are not standard equipment or are extremely deteriorated the ve hicle dynamic control off indicator light and slip indicator light may come on Do not modify the vehicle s suspen sion The vehicle dynamic control system may not operate correctly If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs and bush ings are not s
193. in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming press and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 inches 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This proce dure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to
194. ing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This de vice may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 LIGHTS 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself h N O OA 0D 8 9 10 Front turn signal light or front park light Headlight low beam high beam Front park light or front turn signal light Map light Ceiling light Rear personal light Front fog light if so equipped Daytime run ning light for Canada Front side marker light Step light High mounted stop light Rear combination lights 11 12 13 14 15 16 Turn signal light Rear combination lights Side marker light Rear combination lights License plate lights Back up light Luggage light Stop tail light Rear combination lights HEADLIGHTS Replacing lf replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer Xenon headlight bulb WARNING AN HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never at
195. ing so may reduce its ef fectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same belt Never carry more people in the ve hicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indi cate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer Once the pre tensioner seat belt has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system compo nents should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any colli sion by your NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt as semblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was mi nor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use dur ing a collision should also be in spected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision Always follow the re straint manufacturer s inspection in structions and replacement recom mendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are dam aged Seats restraints and supplemental air
196. ion label on the driver s side Front Ib kg lock pillar Rear Ib kg Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded engine gaso line Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is at tached as shown This number ts the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFI
197. ion of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corro sion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint sur faces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compart ment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic com ponents inside the vehicle as this may damage them C
198. ir bag warning light will illu minate The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt needs servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest NISSAN dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning flashes intermittently light e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supplemental Restraint System and or the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly For additional information see Supplemental restraint system 2 12 Instruments and controls in the 1 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems section WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemen tal side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped After the ignition switch is turned ON this light comes on for about 1 second and then turns off This light warns of low tire pressure N
199. ire pressure warning system Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting For models with the low tire pressure warning system MCE0001 Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the ve hicle may move and could cause per sonal injury In case of emergency 6 3 Getting the spare tire and tools Pull up the floor cover and hang the strap a to upper body 8 as illustrated Remove the under tray if so equipped Type A A 1 NA on I Turn the retainer counterclockwise 1 and re move the spare tire Type B Turn the retainer counterclockwise 4 remove the subwoofer 2 and remove the spare tire Jack rod SCE0446 Pull up the floor cover as illustrated and Removing wheel cap remove 2 the jack and tools CAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps Doing so could result in personal injury 6 4 In case of emergency Jack up point and placing jack SCE0435 Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated above so that top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align
200. ire wear and waste fuel Keep the front wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment will cause not only tire wear but also lower fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Starting and driving 5 21 USING ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD if so equipped SSD0391 Type A Type B A WARNING or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury A vehicle equipped with AWD All Wheel Drive should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer similar to the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is an AWD equipped vehicle before it is placed on a dynamometer Failure to do so may result in transmission damage 5 292 Starting and driving AWD LOCK SWITCH OPERATIONS The AWD system is used to select OFF AUTO ON LOCK depending on the driving conditions WARNING The AWD system electronically controls the coupling e Do not place an AWD equipped ve Push the AWD LOCK switch to move between each mode OFF AUTO and ON LOCK depending hicle on a two wheel dynamometer or on driving conditions raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any D drive AWD LOCK oe AWD LOCK
201. ired operation of the device HOOD BACK DOOR e The power door lock system allows you to 1 Pull the hood lock release handle 1 located below the instrument panel the hood will A WARNING lock or unlock all doors including the back then spring up slightly door simultaneously 2 Move the lever 2 at the front of the hood e Make sure the hood is completely e Pull the opener handle to open the back door with your fingertips and raise the hood closed and latched before driving 3 When closing the hood slowly close the Failure to do so could cause the hood A WARNING hood and make sure it locks into place to fly open and result in an accident e If you see steam or smoke coming Do not drive with the back door open from the engine compartment to This could allow dangerous exhaust avoid injury do not open the hood gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 for exhaust gas 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments To lock or unlock the back door If the back door cannot be locked or unlocked with the door lock switch or remote controller due to a discharged battery follow the next steps 1 Remove the cover inside of the back door with a suitable tool 2 Move the lever as illustrated to lock or unlock Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as pos sible WARNING e Always check the b
202. ires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped See Specifications in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels WARNING e The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same offset dimen sion Wheels of a different offset could cause premature tire wear de grade vehicle handling characteris tics and or interfere with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheel tire size in the Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual for wheel offset dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the pressure of that tire will not be indicated an
203. iscosity SAE 80W 90 Genuine Nissan PSF or equivalent 7 Genuine Nissan Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 8 or equivalent DOT 3 US FMVSS No 116 NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base HFC 134a R 134a 9 Nissan A C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent Genuine Nissan Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze Fluid or equivalent 2 For additional information see later in this paragraph for engine oil and oil filter recommendation 3 For additional information see later in this paragraph for recommended SAE viscosity number 4 For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0 C 32 F 5 Use only Genuine Nissan CVT Fluid NS 2 Using transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT transmission which is not covered by the Nissan new vehicle limited warranty 6 For additional information see Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil 7 For Canada Nissan Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DEXRON III MERCON or equivalent ATF may also be used 8 Available in mainland U S A through your NISSAN dealer 9 For additional information see Vehicle identification in this section for air conditioner specification label 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc tane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number
204. isplay screen heater air conditioner and audio systems TUNE Tuning WARNING The radio should not be tuned while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation To tune the radio push the RADIO TUNE button gt gt or qq or turn the Tuning knob to right or left Use these buttons for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels hold either of the RADIO TUNE buttons down for more than 1 5 seconds SEEK SCAN tuning Push the SEEK button Pl or I for less than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stops at the next broad casting station Push the Pl or I SEEK button for more than 1 5 seconds to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SEEK button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next sta tion Station memory operations Eighteen 18 stations can be set for the FM AM and SAT band to the A B and C preset button 1 Choose preset channel A B or C using the preset select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button and keep pushing any of the desired station memory buttons 1 to 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound wi
205. ke then gradually start the vehicle in motion WARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Reverse D Drive or manual shift mode Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is com pleted Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an acci dent e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while vehicle is moving forward Never shift to P Park or D Drive while vehicle is moving rearward These could cause an accident e On slippery roads do not downshift This may cause a loss of control CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brakes should be used for this purpose Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive Manual shift mode or any of the desired shift positions WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious per sonal injury or property damage If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for any reason while the vehicle is in R Reverse N Neutral or any D
206. l overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control system An in correct cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the ENGINE malfunc tion indicator lamp to come on Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices while filling 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the car body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the ENGINE mal function indicator lamp MIL to illu minate If the enf lamp illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The Senf lamp should
207. l several times When brake pedal movement distance of travel remains the same from one pedal application to the next continue on to the next step 2 While depressing the brake pedal start the engine The pedal height should drop a little 3 With the brake pedal depressed stop the engine Keeping the pedal depressed for about 30 seconds the pedal height should not change 4 Run the engine for one minute without de pressing the brake pedal then turn it off Depress the brake pedal several times The pedal travel distance will decrease gradually with each depression as the vacuum is re leased from the booster If the brakes do not operate properly see your NISSAN dealer FUSES system checked and repaired by your NISSAN dealer Fusible links CAUTION Never use a fuse of higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts ENGINE COMPARTMENT If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition key and headlight switch are OFF Open the engine hood Remove the fusible link cover Remove the fuse with the fuse puller If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse O oO Aa W N If
208. late bracket 3 Carefully drill two pilot holes A using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the drill only goes through the fascia or damage to the nut may occur 4 Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia 5 Install the license plate bracket with bolts 6 Install the license plate with screws Technical and consumer information 9 13 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION WARNING e itis extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously in jured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and op tional equipment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not include passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo 9 14 Technical and consumer information GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the un loaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is located on the
209. le serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended main tenance schedule When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling If swaying does occur firmly grip the steering wheel steer straight ahead and immediately but gradually reduce ve hicle speed This combination will help stabi lize the vehicle Never increase speed Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal passing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes e Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking ef ficiency Technical and consumer information 9 21 UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For exa
210. le with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e if the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended proce dures All US states and Canadian provinces re quire that infants and small children be restrained in approved child restraints at all times while the vehicle is being oper ated WARNING e Improper use of a child restraint can result in increased injuries for both the infant or child and other occu pants in the vehicle e Follow all of the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child restraint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be po sitioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Tilt it from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or p
211. ler for replacement 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself lt a INSTALL Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover Map light Ceiling light Luggage light i ON OFF DOOR E st k WHEELS AND TIRES TIRE PRESSURE Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Infor mation label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regu larly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including under in flation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail sud denly and cause an accident The vehicle weight capacity is indi cated on the Tire and Loading Infor mation label Do not
212. ll resume Memorizing is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band and or SATELLITE band encoded within a regu lar radio broadcast Currently most RDS sta tions are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 e Station name such as The Groove e Music or programming type such as Classi cal Country or Rock e Traffic reports about delays or construction If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed PR9G Program type PTY Category CAT When PROG RPT button is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds during FM SAT mode the PTY CAT name of the current tuned station is displayed During this time if the PTY CAT data code is zero or the data is unreadable the display will show NONE 1 PTY CAT selection mode PTY CAT name selection can be done by the up down TUNE button pp or q4 in the PTY CAT selection mode It is possible to shift the PTY CAT name by one step with one push of the up down tuning button gt gt or qq PTY name selection can a
213. lso be achieved by pressing the preset buttons Initial PTY names are stored in the preset but tons but these can be changed by pressing the preset buttons for less than 1 5 seconds when the desired PTY name is in the display ADULT HITS ANY CLASSICAL tf It TRAFFIC COUNTRY It 1 TOP 40 JAZZ t L J E TALK Ee NEWS t 1 f SPORTS OLDIES t Jt ROCK PUBLIC W 2 PTY SEEK tuning After selecting a PTY name push the SEEK button PI or I for less than 0 5 sec onds within 10 seconds Tuning to the PTY Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 27 station will start If you do not push the SEEK button within the 10 second period the PTY mode will be canceled Push the SEEK button for more than 1 5 seconds to tune the PTY name station and stop at each broadcasting station for 5 sec onds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SEEK button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station Cassette tape player operation Type B Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then lightly insert the cassette tape into the tape door The cassette tape will be automatically pulled into the player The radio or CD will turn off if it is on and the cassette tape will begin to play CAUTION Do not force the cassette tape into the tape door This could cause player dam age If the sy
214. lter ess 8 16 Changing engine oil filter eee 8 11 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 25 Plat Ure cases caste ter assa orerar NEESER A ATAARE ARETAS 6 2 Flat tire Low tire pressure warning system 9 3 Floor mat cleaning cece cceu te ccet ceded eeaccesepeeredccaces 7 4 Fluid Brake TMU ao stesasccsvees csxntucetedatensaantpaetvosescstetetedeke 8 12 Capacities and recommended fuel IU og cee lg cs seeur na eer cer renee ee eee ener 9 2 CVT fluid emcee hater enone ern mene meant 8 12 Engine coolant eer en ae eee ene ee ee enna coer ee 8 8 Engine Oll ereagan ines errere Perron eer 8 9 Power steering fluid eceseeceeceeeeeeeeeeees 8 12 Window washer fluid sieiceseietsnteniertoentenss 8 13 Fog light switch ssa ata eee eaters 2 24 Front power DOU serere in 2 27 Front power seat adjustment s ssserrsrsse 1 3 Front seat adjUStMEent ssssssssssrssesesrerinresrsrenesnsnesnrnns 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel luDiicaNtS cerar EEES 9 2 tiller CAD viccrrctoniert Sreewren alicia eet 3 11 filler lid ensisi 3 11 F el ECONOMY sssri esiin ies kereti init 5 21 Fuel octane rating ssessessrsssssrerisrerrriererrsrnrrsrenens 9 3 Fuel recommendation ssssssssssrsresrerrrrsresrsnsnesnrnens 9 3 Creo E ee E 2 5 E E E A ER 8 21 PUN IOS AKS ie 8 21 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver ireen iii aenneren 2 39 OS CO eects E EE E E 3 11 Cee E A A A T 2 3 Engine coolant temperature gauge se
215. ly secured prior to each use 1 40 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT WARNING e The child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses e After removing a rear seat head re straint for top tether installation store it securely to prevent it from causing injury to passengers or dam age to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident Always re place it and adjust properly when top tether is no longer in use e The top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the tonneau cover or items in the cargo area Remove the tonneau cover from the vehicle or secure it and any cargo Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged If your child restraint has a top tether strap it must be secured to the anchor point provided behind its position First adjust the seatback so that it is upright Then secure the child restraint with the rear seat belt or the LATCH system outboard positions as applicable For the center position re move the anchor cover from the anchor point as illustrated Keep the removed cover in a secure place to prevent loss or damage Remove the head restraint from the seatback Store it in a secure place Position the top tether strap ove
216. ly under offroad conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers particularly at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover Be sure to read the driving safety precautions later in this section DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING WARNING Never drive under the influence of alco hol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgment Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likeli hood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Addition ally if you are injured in the accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving You must not drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underesti mate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that s true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if Starting and driving 5 5 your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Please observe the following precautions
217. m being played starts over from the beginning Push the I APS REW button several times to skip back several selections The tape will go back the number of times the button is pushed Either the FF or REW symbol flashes on the display window while searching for the selec tion When pushing the Pl APS FF or l lt APS REW button for more than 1 5 seconds each program will play for about 10 seconds To stop playing push the button again This system searches for the blank intervals between selections If there is a blank interval within one program or there is no interval be tween programs the system may not stop in the desired or expected location PROG REPEAT RPT When the PROG RPT play button is pushed while the tape is played the tape program play is repeated To stop the repeat play push the PROG RPT play button again Metal or chrome tape usage The cassette player will be automatically set to high performance play when playing a metal or chrome cassette tape TAPE EJECT When this button is pushed with the tape loaded the tape will be ejected When the tape is ejected while it is being played the system will be turned off Compact disc CD player operation Type A Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing After loading the disc the n
218. may increase your stop ping distance and braking will re quire greater pedal effort as well as greater pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the MIN mark on the brake fluid reser voir do not drive until the brake sys tem has been checked at a NISSAN dealer 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer Avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking If both the brake warning light and the anti lock brake warning light come on simulta neously it may indicate the anti lock brake system is not functioning properly See Anti lock brake warning light earlier in this sec tion Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see your NISSAN dealer immediately CAUTION Do not continue driving if the belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition key is ON Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light blinks or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The oil pressure warning light is not de
219. mental Restraint System earlier in this section for precautions Infants and small children NISSAN recommends that infants and small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided If the child s seating position has a shoulder belt that fits close to the face or neck the use of a booster seat commercially available may help overcome this The booster seat should raise the INJURED PERSONS child so that the shoulder belt is properly posi tioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or a near the face and neck use the shoulder belt NE LJ gt without the booster seat 6 INSERT o S 4 amp WARNING NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recommendations fasten Never let a child stand or k
220. move the lens to access the program button NOTE Once you have pressed and released the program button on the garage door open er s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 Use the help of a second person for convenience to assist when performing this step 7 Quickly within 30 seconds of pressing and releasing the garage door opener program button umy press and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Press and release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be pro grammed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 through 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step one unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 NISSAN 1 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 seconds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink continue to press and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator Instruments
221. mper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chain to permit turning corners Trailer lights Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations When wiring the vehicle for towing connect the stop and tail light pickup into the vehicle electrical circuit Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed WARNING Never connect a trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips e Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down con dition check for improper tongue load over load worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shifts while driving e Be certain your rear view mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking per formance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while drivi
222. mple Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear Treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on tire wear rate when tested under controlled conditions on specified government test courses For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 How ever relative tire performance depends on actual driving conditions and may vary significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road char acteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con 9 22 Technical and consumer information crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance WARNING The traction grade assigned to your ve hicle tires is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not in clude acceleration cornering hydro planing or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C Temperature grades are A the highest B and C They represent a tire s resistance to heat build up and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a speci fied indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause tire material to degener ate reducing
223. n The seat back may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked 1 4 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle and height of the seat Lumbar support if so equipped for driver s seat The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver Push each side of the switch to adjust the seat lumbar area REAR SEAT ADJUSTMENT Folding 1 Secure the seat belt at the belt hooks on the side wall See Seat belt hook later in this section Secure the center seat belt and tongues into the retractor base See Stowing rear center seat belt later in this section Put the seat belt buckles into the seat cush ion See Storing rear seat belt buckles later in this section 4 Remove the head restraints 5 After closing the tonneau sub cover if so equipped from each rear seatback pull the strap on the rear seat A or pull the lever beside the cargo area and fold the seatback When returning the seatbacks be sure to install the head restraints and attach the rear center seat belt connector 4A WARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in seri Ous injury in an accident or
224. n as pos sible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the pressure of that tire will not be indicated or moni tored by the low tire pressure warn ing system Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system reset ting Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres sure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the selector lever into P Park position 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle WARNING e Make sure that the parking brake is securely applied and the selector le ver is shifted into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for pro fessional road assistance When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the pressure of that tire will not be indicated and not be monitored by the low t
225. n engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely pos sible If the engine is overheated con tinued operation of the vehicle may se riously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emergency section for immediate ac tion required ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem perature The engine coolant temperature will vary with the outside air temperature and driving conditions FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hill The gauge needle is designed to move to the E Empty position when the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters Empty Instruments and controls 2 5 The low fuel warning light comes on when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E The Wh indicates that the fuel filler lid is located on the driver s side of the vehicle CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the ENGNE malfuncti
226. n the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel Main switch OPEN Automatically close Automatically open Pa Skee Automatic operation To fully open or close the drivers or front passenger s side window completely push down or pull up the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just press or lift the switch on the opposite side Auto reverse function For front window If the control unit detects something caught in a front window as it moves up the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when a front window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition key is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position The doors remain closed Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in side the vehicle before closing the win dow SUNROOF if so equipped AUTOMATIC SUNROOF The sunroof will only operate when the ignition key is in the ON position The automatic sunroof is operational f
227. nals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any malfunc tion in your radio system Remember that a moving vehicle is not the ideal place to listen to a radio Because of the move ment reception conditions will constantly 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems change Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES pa ee e FM 25 to 30 mile 40 to 48 km e AM 60 to 130 mile 97 to 209 km FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings l
228. nd fuel filler lid and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the key is not left in the vehicle The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as five keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact your NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when e the battery is discharged e the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch CAUTION The following conditions or occurrences will damage the keyfob e Do not allow the keyfob to become wet e Do not drop the keyfob e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not place the keyfob for an ex tended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that keyfob This will prevent the keyfob from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please contact a NISSAN dealer HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Setting hazard indicator and horn mode The factory setting of the remote keyless entry system is in hazard indicator and horn mode In hazard indicator
229. nd traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself All wheel drive models CAUTION Always use tires of the same size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may dam age the transmission transfer case and differential gears If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pat tern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as nec essary Contact your NISSAN dealer Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the vari ous mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with rest
230. neel on any seat and do not allow a child in the THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT cargo areas while the vehicle is moving WITH RETRACTOR The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or a sudden stop A WARNING PREGNANT WOMEN e Every person who drives or rides in NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use ig lee a a ha seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when possible around the hips not the waist Place the seatback is reclined This can be the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across dangerous The shoulder belt will not your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over be against your body In an accident your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 25 eS POSITION low on the hips you could be thrown into it and re ceive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal inju ries e For most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until it snaps For additional information regarding the rear center seat belt
231. nesnsnssrsnssnssns 3 11 Fuel Mr AD aiisri ertcrer et Reesor nei 3 11 EEEE e S E E I 3 13 TU OPSTAO peeerenree ere mene ne mre reese manny rr enerrere eenree 3 13 Pedal position adjustment if so equipped 3 13 SU Ss O e eE 3 14 VUE OCS ENT N EEN EE E I AET AEA EET 3 14 sde mONO ss acesies cece stan eietee ce ctneeedscsescietececsncsyveseberstcces eses 3 14 Automatic anti glare inside mirror if so 16 U1 6 6 Seem eens ene E R 3 15 COUTSIGS TINUE OLS sccsacescocctcoscsenennnensantvenecscatsardusasaiartearecaeusis 3 15 Automatic drive positioner if so equipped 3 16 Entry exit TON CHOI escatiesccencerssecstaiaecu re teceensonvensbtcceetends 3 16 Memory Stora gE wccsscsstscisenssaneuseerenetactsacaceotestorendsteestexece 3 17 System OpralioN isinna 3 18 KEYS Master keys black 0x1234 Key number plate Valetkey o red With built in transponder chip A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see an NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number A key number is necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM NVIS KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys which are registered to the Nissan 3 2 P
232. ng e Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops e Avoid sharp turns or lane changes e Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed e Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so first block the wheels and apply the parking brake and then move the selector lever into the P Park position If you move the selector lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine overload ing and or overheating If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioning system is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the fan con trol to high and setting the temperature con trol to the HOT position If the transmission fluid rises to an extremely high temperature a high fluid temperature protection mode may operate See page 5 13 for details If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and let the transmission cool before continuing Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Have your vehic
233. ng on the vehicle speed High fluid temperature protection mode This transmission has a high fluid temperature protection mode If the fluid temperature be comes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer engine power and under some conditions vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission damage Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the vehicle may not accelerate above approximately 40 to 50 MPH 65 to 80 km h Fail safe If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated see Malfunction indicator lamp MIL in the 2 Instrument and controls section This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition key OFF and wait for 10 seconds Then turn the key back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condi tion have your NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary WARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually re duced On highways the reduced speed may be lower than other traff
234. ng R Reverse The brake pedal must be de pressed to move the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse The selector lever can be moved to R Reverse from any of the D Drive positions within 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFF position Starting and driving 5 15 N Neutral Neither forward or reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Manual shift mode When the selector lever is shifted from D to the manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped or while driving the transmission enters the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manu ally In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows MI M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M6 Sixth Use this position for all normal forward driving M5 Fifth For driving up or down long slopes where engine braking would be advantageous 5 16 Starting and driving M4 Fourth M3 Third and M2 Second Use for hill climbing or engine braking on down hill grades M1 First Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades e Remember not to drive at hi
235. ng too fast the drive wheels will equipped lose even more traction An engine block heater to assist extreme cold temperature starting is available through your NISSAN dealer WARNING e Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement e Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Do not use your heater with an un e Watch for slippery spots glare ice grounded electrical system or two These may appear on an otherwise pronged cheater adapters You can be clear road in shaded areas If a patch injured by an electrical shock if you use of ice is seen ahead brake before an ungrounded connection reaching it Try not to brake while actually on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers 5 32 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Flat CPG arrra gnane aeaaaee AAEE EARE ATE 6 2 Low tire pressure warning system if so ELEN E E D AE AE E eee neyo oeane ke nee 6 2 Changing a TAT ire sisemi 6 2 Jamo aN oa a a dee 6 8 Fush StartNr iaa ia 6 10 If your vehicle overheats ssssssssssssrsrsrsrssrsisrsreress Towing yo r vehicle ticececacecacccscenntscioriccteceacecese ates Towing recommended by NISSAN Vehicle recovery Freeing a stuck vehicle FLAT TIRE LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pres sure warning system which displays the pres sure of each tire ind
236. not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear cen ter seat belt connector is completely secured If the center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal in jury may result in an accident or sud den stop 1 6 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems Reclining Pull the reclining strap Q and position the seat back at the desired angle D Release the reclining strap after positioning the seat at the desired angle 2 The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section The seat back may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked 4A WARNING ADJUST e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and re ceive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal inju ries ADJUST ADJUST e For most effective protection when SSS0125B the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well HEAD RESTRAINT ADJU
237. nssnrnns 1 5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster ST C a Er E E A 2 19 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 19 Recorders Event data cccscsccsesscssssessessrsseeeees 9 24 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Remote keyless entry SYStOM sssri 3 5 Reporting safety defects US only 9 23 S Safety Child seat belts s sssssssssssssnsererrresreresrsrerenreresens 1 24 Reporting safety defects US only 9 23 Towing sSafety siireiieiieeieiikrniuireriecnnreinie 9 19 aale CMAN eean 9 20 Seat Belt warning Mg Ntsu s 1 22 Belt warning light and Chime 2 11 Seat adjustment Front power seat adjustment sssr 1 3 Front seat adjustment ssesssssesrsererrrrererrsrersrrre 1 2 Rear seat adjustment ceccececeeeeeeseeteeeeeeeees 1 5 Seat belt s Child Sale muceirn e a a 1 24 Infants and small children 1 24 Aj DETSONS sectseiccecsresccesieececscaszcnstazeczoceneedonaces 1 25 Larger children sceccecect treet erection eres 1 24 Pre tensioner seat belt system sesessrsss 1 19 Precautions on seat belt usage esses 1 22 Pregnant WOMEN vaecerntds eines 1 25 Rear center seat belt ececssccseeeeeeeeees 1 29 Seat belt cleaning pase cate artcereter erties tertcees 7 4 Seat belt extenders ececceeeeteeeeeeeteeeeen 1 31 Seat belt NOO Kissisisrsssissiesisieersena tinrin 1 28 Seat belt maintenance sssssessesessreserereeersrre 1 32 Seat belts arerin n 1 22
238. nt air bags along with the use of seat belts helps to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instru ment panel The supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury If the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instru ment panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause in jury if the supplemental front air bag inflates e Right after inflation several air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself e No unautho
239. nt it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury EXHAUST GAS Carbon monoxide WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they con 5 2 Starting and driving tain colorless and odorless carbon mon oxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the en gine running for any extended length of time Keep the back door closed while driv ing otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger com partment If you must drive with the back door open follow these precau tions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation switch OFF and the fan control at 4 high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the back door or the body follow the manufacturer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle If a special body or other equipment is added for recreational or other usage follow the manufacturer s rec ommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle Some recreational vehicle appli ances such as stoves refrigerator heat
240. ntenance and do it yourself 8 19 Under depressing force of 110 Ib 490 N 3 7 8 in 98 0 mm or more DI1020MJ CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL With the engine running check the distance between the upper surface of the pedal and the metal floor If it is out of the range shown above see your NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself 4A WARNING See your NISSAN dealer and have it checked if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have au dible wear indicators When a brake pad re quires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping or screeching sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the separate Service and Maintenance Guide BRAKE BOOSTER Check the brake booster function as follows 1 With the engine off press and release the brake peda
241. nts and controls idle the engine The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning If the warning light turns off you can drive again blinks slowly about once every 2 seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition key is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is ap plied Low brake fluid warning light The light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section WARNING e Your brake system may not be work ing properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for re pairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level
242. o would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or pos sibly fatal injuries to people or ani mals Using the recirculation mode for long periods may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Changing heating or air conditioning controls should not be done while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation Start the engine and operate the controls to activate the air conditioner AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be normally used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Push the AUTO button on AUTO will be displayed Turn the temperature set dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature Adjust the temperature set dial to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically You can individually set driver and front pas senger side temperature using each tem perature control knob When the DUAL but ton is pushed or passenger side temperature control knob is turned the DUAL indicator will
243. o the passenger compartment to improve the defogging per formance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Turn the fan control button amp to manually control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the air recirculation button SS to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the gt button will come on The air recirculation gt cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode 7 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Fresh air Push the button amp gt to draw outside air into the passenger compartment The indicator light on the amp button will come on Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be con trolled automatically To manually control the intake air push the air recirculate lt gt or fresh air G gt button To return to the automatic control mode push the indicator illuminated but ton for about 2 seconds The indicator lights both air recirculate and fresh air buttons will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically Air flow control Pushing the MODE manual air flow control button selects the air outlet to ri Air flows from center and side ventila tors s Air flows from center and side ventila tors and foot outlets Waf Air flows from foot outlets and side ventilator
244. on When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically 2 Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the D position then turn the switch to the p position To turn them off turn the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate except for the daytime running light HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH PUSH ON OFF Push the switch located on the right side of the meter panel on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions All turn signal lights will flash Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road HORN e Do not use the hazard warning flash ers while moving on the highway un less unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traf fic e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher will operate with the ignition switch in any position To sound the horn push the center pad upper area of the steering wheel WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system
245. on indicator lamp MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the ENGINE lamp should turn off If the lamp remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see the Malfunction indicator lamp MIL later in this section 2 6 Instruments and controls COMPASS DISPLAY if so equipped Compass indicator ose 2 J0f8 e t ON or OFF SIC1901 When the COMPASS switch is in the ON position the compass display will indicate the direction the vehicle is heading N north E east S south W west If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com pass will be calibrated once it has tracked 3 complete circles Zone Variation Chart N o NS een oY 75 12 VOYEN 11 SIC0611 Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geographical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Press the COMPASS switch for more than 3 seconds The current zone number will ap pear in the display 2 Find your current location and variance one number
246. onds Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 Suitable tool i side up the battery S gt BATTERY REPLACEMENT Replace the battery as follows 1 Open the lid using a suitable tool 2 Replace the battery with a new one 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments Recommended battery Sanyo CR2025 or equivalent Make sure that the side faces the bottom case 3 Close the lid securely 4 Push the keyfob button two or three times to check its operation See your NISSAN dealer if you need any assis tance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform the step 4 above e Be careful not to touch a circuit board and a battery terminal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant however if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This de vice may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interference that may cause undes
247. only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or im proper servicing may result in operating difficul ties or excessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by your NISSAN dealer 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS Power steering fluid reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Windshield washer fluid reservoir E wooo ae Engine coolant reservoir a termes O poorly lE hea aa Fuse fusible link holder FIRN s H N AN Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high quality year round antifreeze cool ant solution The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors therefore additional cooling system additives are not necessary CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equiva lent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 antifreeze and 50 demineralized water distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions may damage your engine cooling system Deminer alized water O
248. oor is opened with the headlight switch on unless the ignition key is in the ON position Make sure to turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Seat belt warning chime The chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the drivers seat belt is securely fastened Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Instruments and controls 2 15 SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle Security System e Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light in the meter panel VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicle are disturbed 2 16 Instruments and controls SIC2045 How to activate the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be activated even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close and lock all doors Lock all doors by pressing the LOCK button on the keyfob or using the key When using the keyfob the hazard indicators flash twice to indicate all doors are locked 4 Confirm that the SECURITY indicator light in t
249. or about 45 seconds even if the ignition key is turned to the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the sunroof is canceled Sliding the sunroof To open the roof slide the switch to the S side 1 When the roof is tilted up it will automatically tilt down and then open To close the roof slide the switch to the gt side O Sliding position of lid can be chosen according to sliding amount of switch To fully open or close the roof completely move the switch to the S or side Tilting the sunroof To tilt up push the 4 side 8 of the tilt switch When the roof is open it will automati cally close and then tilt up To tilt down the sunroof push the side 8 When the roof is open it will automatically close Restarting the sunroof sliding switch The sliding switch will become inoperable after the battery terminal is disconnected the electri cal supply interrupted and or some abnormality detected Use the following re set procedure to return sunroof operation to normal 1 Keep pushing the tilting switch toward tilt UP 2 After the lid has tilted up gradually it will automatically close all the way then return to normal operation Auto reverse function When closing the sunroof If the control unit detects something caught in Instruments and controls 2 35 the sunroof as it moves to the
250. or use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow trac tion than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of snow or all season tires on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid a
251. page 4 4 Clock adjust button refer to page 4 4 TRIP RESET button refer to page 4 3 E M button refer to page 4 4 oOo O ND MAINT maintenance button refer to page 4 5 7 SETTING button refer to page 4 5 8 JOYSTICK and ENTER push button refer to page 4 3 9 PREV previous button refer to page 4 3 10 DAY NIGHT brightness control button re fer to page 4 7 To turn off the screen push the DAY NIGHT button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds The screen will change to CONFIRM DISPLAY OFF YES or NO HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND ENTER BUTTON Choose an item on the display using the joystick Push the ENTER button only when the use of it is instructed on the display HOW TO USE PREV BUTTON Finish setup If you touch PREV button after the setup is completed the setup will start over HOW TO USE TRIP BUTTON When the TRIP button is pushed the following modes will display on the screen TRIP 1 TIME DIST AVG TRIP 2 TIME DIST AVG gt OFF You can set the two kinds of journey time TIME max 99 hours 59 minutes trip odometer DIST mile or km and average speed AVG MPH or km h To reset the TRIP 1 or TRIP 2 push the TRIP button or the TRIP RESET button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 3 HOW TO
252. pection Maintenance I M test of the emis sion control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or Technical and consumer information 9 23 the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test drive the vehicle through the follow ing pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you 4A WARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine Allow the engine to idle until the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points between the C and H normal operat ing temperature 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 6 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 to 60 MPH 86 to 96 km h for at least 5 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle Leave the engine running 9 24 Technical and consumer information 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 3 times 7
253. ple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts of ten show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted 9 26 Technical and consumer information laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com 10 Index A ABS Anti lock brake SySteM cscsssessesesssseeneens 5 28 Aiming control GAC GMS aiscccseseceserecceedsersticeetiocsss 2 23 Air bag warning labels vvccsectccececem ee ccutieimcurecsa 1 20 Air bag warning light sxcecetesereceatieacarsexeteouseanss 1 20 2 12 Air cleaner housing filter 8 16 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation sssssssesesseressrre 4 16 Air conditioner SefViCeE sassen 4 16 4 20 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations ssssssssssssssisrerrsrrssrsresrn 4 20 9 6 Heater and air conditioner automatic 4 16 In cabin microfilter tetscactrentanncieuetiteciades 4 19 Alcohol
254. possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator lamp may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system Security indicator light This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational For additional information see Security sys tems later in this section Slip indicator light if so equipped This indicator will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal The light will blink on for a few seconds after the VDC system stops limiting wheel spin The slip indicator light also comes on when you turn the ignition key to ON The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is opera tional If the light does not come on or go off have the traction control system checked by your NISSAN dealer Turn signal hazard indicator lights T
255. pright in the seat Front air bags inflate with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the 1 10 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems steering wheel or instrument panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sen sors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The air bag system moni tors the severity of a collision and then inflates the air bags based on belt usage Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag in flates Sit upright and well back Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 1 1 4A WARNING e Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some ex amples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustra tions Preteens and children should be properly restrained in the rear se
256. r Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damag ing the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warm ing it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pres sure warning system which displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel The low tire pressure warning system will acti vate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH 32 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pres sure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperatures as described above check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF Frequently check the tire pressure information display on the display screen and adjust pres sure of each tire prop
257. r Then the wiper will also operate several times WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer so lution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the wind shield CAUTION The following could damage the washer system e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper 4 Intermittent intermittent operation not ad justable 2 Low continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward 3 to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times CAUTION e If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow etc the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to OFF and remove the snow etc on and around the wiper arms After about 1 minute turn the switch ON again to operate the wiper e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if reser voir tank is empty WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer so lution may freeze on the rear window glass and obscure your vision Warm the rear window
258. r ON position push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on or off MODE select switch Push the mode select switch to change the mode in the sequence of FM AM SAT CD and Tape Volume control switches Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume Tuning Memory change radio Push the tuning switch wy or N for less than 1 5 seconds to change the radio frequency Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch xy or MA for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW tape and CD Push the tuning switch xy or A for less 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present program or skip to the next program Push several times to skip back or skip through programs This system searches for the blank intervals between selections If there is a blank interval within one program or there is no interval be tween programs the system may not stop in the desired or expected location 4 32 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems FF REW tape or CD Push the tuning switch xy or MA for more than 1 5 seconds to rewind or fast forward the tape or to change the playing disc up or down To stop the FF or REW function press the vv or M _ button for less than 1 5 seconds again Removing the antenna You can remove the antenna if necessary Hold the bottom of the antenna and remove by turning counterclo
259. r cap 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself 6 Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil If oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See later in Engine oil for changing engine oil filter CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot Waste oil must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations 7 Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug witha wrench Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft Ib 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force Refill engine with recommended oil and in stall the cap securely CAUTION Never pull out the oil level gauge while filling engine oil See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity de pends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug Correct as required 10 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dip stick Add engine oil if necessary 11 Dispose of waste oil properly WARNING e Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin can cer Try to a
260. r seat your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly en courages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Most states provinces or territories re quire that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly restrained in the rear seat and if appropriate in a child restraint The belt should be properly adjusted to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the 1 22 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible around the hips not the waist A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is se curely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the belt inside out or twisted Do
261. r the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts with your fingers 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the se quence illustrated 4 2 Lower the vehicle completely WARNING e Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident e Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire
262. r the top of the seatback and secure it to the tether anchor bracket that provides the straightest installation Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instruction to remove any slack For best child restraint fit see the child restraint installation instructions in this section and the child restraint manufacturer s instructions Anchor point locations WARNING The anchor bolt should be installed at all times to prevent the possibility of exhaust fumes entering the passenger compartment through the holes See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas Anchor points are located as illustrated a for rear left side seat position for rear right side seat position c for rear center seat position If you have any questions when installing a top strap child restraint on the rear seat consult your NISSAN dealer for details Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 41 Move seat fully back INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT WARNING e Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front passenger seat Supplemental air bags inflate with great force A rear facing child re straint could be struck by the supple mental air bag in a crash and could seriously injure or kill your child NISSAN recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a front facing c
263. raints 1 32 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 41 With top tether strap CSG SANG oi Child safety rear door lock Chimes Audible FEMING Gl Sirsctrnsriceionicertermncenss 2 15 Seat belt warning light and chime s s s 2 11 Circuit breaker Fusible link cesses 8 21 Cleaning exterior and interior sses 7 2 7 3 Clock models with navigation system 4 14 Clock models without navigation SS SUS E A cect oletae 4 4 Ge g Mole Guemetccen tc tent e err ten mtn n atte eeeemnenere metre tte 2 28 Cold weather driving ssesecscecseseeesteesteeseeeeeeees 5 30 Compact Disc CD changer operation 4 30 Compact Disc CD player See audio SYVSICM E A E A A E E 4 29 Compass display sssssssssessrsersreeresrerrerrenenresrerrereeneenennes 2 6 CG nsole ON snan a settee tetarce 2 31 Control panel buttons models with navigation VEN pe EA ess envseas 4 7 Control panel buttons models without navigation E L E E IE O E A ETA 4 2 Controls Control panel buttons display with navigation VO cee eee ee cea 4 7 Control panel buttons display without navigation SSS ei cence ccc E A T 4 2 Heater and air conditioner controls EW eliic c een een ner eee eee eneee 4 16 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants sce tyter Moetreureeeataeincnaseeawat 9 2 Changing engine Coolant 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Corrosion protection xy co teeter ee cen cnt svenetereen
264. re driving checks and adjustments Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks The valet key cannot be used for glove box lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System KEY Mas ter and Valet keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it As many as 5 NVIS keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NVIS keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is because the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration pro cess these components will only recognize keys coded into the Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem NVIS during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function DOORS WARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of
265. re programming e Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 40 Instruments and controls 3 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter but ton DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed 4 Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on the HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapidly flashing blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light indicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other pro grammed device press and hold the pro grammed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate 5 If the indicator light on the HomeLink blinks rapidly for jwo seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed a the next steps to train the HomeLink to complete the programming which may require a ladder and another person for Convenience 6 Press and release the smart or learn program button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the mo tor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to re
266. re they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn 7 4 Appearance and care Floor mat positioning aid Driver side only This model includes a front floor mat bracket A to act as a floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorpan contour Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely before using them 4A WARNING Do not allow wet belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents since these may se verely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulat
267. rear light switch is in the ON position the ceiling map rear and vanity mirror lights will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the ACC or OFF position To turn on the light again insert the key into the ignition switch and move it to the ON position After the above procedure the ceiling map rear and vanity mirror lights will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the following with the ignition switch in the ACC or OFF position e Opening or closing any door e Locking or unlocking with the keyfob a key or the lock unlock switch e Inserting or removing a key from the ignition switch These lights will turn on again when any of the above operations is performed after the lights have turned off automatically The lights will turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the above as well CAUTION e Turn off the ceiling map rear and vanity mirror lights when you leave the vehicle e Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Instruments and controls 2 37 MAP LIGHT To turn on the light push the plastic surface A of the light Push it again to turn off the light 2 38 Instruments and controls REAR LIGHT The rear personal light has a three position switch A DOOR 8 OFF ON When the switch is in the DOOR position the light will illuminate w
268. reen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished on the map display in the Audio HVAC Heater and air conditioner To turn on the screen push the SETTING button and select the Display key and Display Off key then set the screen to on by pushing the ENTER button Setting Audio or HVAC display Choose the Audio or HVAC Heater and air conditioner key to be displayed at the bottom by using the joystick The audio or HVAC heater air conditioner setting condition will normally appear on the screen To return to the setting screen push the SETTING button or PREV button Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 1 1 VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS O Adjust Driver Seat When Exiting Vehicle O Remote Unlock Driver s Door First O Keyless Remote Response Horn Keyless Remote Response Lights Lock and Unlock Vehicle electronic systems The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screen will appear when selecting the Vehicle Elec tronic Systems key with the joystick and pushing the ENTER button You can set the various electronic systems operating conditions To set an operating condition select the appli cable item using the joystick and push the ENTER button The indicator light alternately turns on and off each time the ENTER button is pressed Indicator light is illuminated ON a VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTE
269. retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks hold securely in all latched positions Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating prop erly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in good quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check
270. ricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recom mended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or undercarriage If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your ve hicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected e Never install tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY type spare tire e Do not use the chains on dry roads Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the vari ous mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section for tire replac ing procedures
271. rized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental front air bag sys tem This is to prevent accidental in flation of the air bag or damage to the air bag system 1 16 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems e Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel as sembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad above the dash board or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Work around and on the supplemen tal front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installa tion of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The yellow and orange Supplemental Restrain System SRS wiring and connectors should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing de vices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect inflation of the supple mental air bag system e The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy iden tification When selling your vehicle we reque
272. rmation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified re pair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mats away from the pedal Brake pedal and booster Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure it has the proper distance under it when depressed fully Check the brake booster function Be sure to keep floor mats away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Continuously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake Check that the lever has the proper travel and make sure that the vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill when only the parking brake is applied Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and
273. ross axle weight The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehicle must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S certification label The gross vehicle weight equals the com bined weight of the unloaded vehicle passen gers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear gross axle weight must not exceed the gross axle weight rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S certification label TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART TOWING SAFETY TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART Trailer hitch Unit Ib kg Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and VO85DE trailer A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is avail WEIGHT CVT able from your NISSAN dealer Make sure the MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT 1 3 500 1 588 trailer hitch Is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage MAXIMUM TONGUF LOAD 350 159 due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING 8 100 3 674 surfaces or passing trucks RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT 2 Sway Control Device SCD CAUTION 1 All towing above 1 000 Ib 454 kg requires the use of trailer brakes NISSAN recommends the use of a tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3 000 Ib 1 361 kg e Special hitches which include frame 2 A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Sway control devices reinforcements are required for tow are not offered by NISSAN Se
274. rs unlock e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed If the following operation is not carried out within 1 minute after pressing the UNLOCK button all doors will be locked automatically e any door is opened e the ignition key is turned to the ON position The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition switch to the ON position or by locking the doors with the keyfob Opening the front window Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob The driver s door will unlock Continue to press the UNLOCK button for 3 seconds The driver s and front passenger s windows will be lowered Continue to press the UNLOCK button until windows are fully open To stop lowering the windows release the UN LOCK button To start lowering the windows press the UN LOCK button again for 3 more seconds This function will operate after the ignition switch is off and 45 seconds passed or either the front door is opened Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 30 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e lt has run for 30 seconds or e The LOCK or the UNLOCK button is pressed or e The panic button is pushed on the keyfob for more than 0 5 sec
275. ry fluid to come into contact with eyes skin cloth or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything immediately flush the con tacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of children 6 8 In case of emergency followed 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a bat tery always wear suitable eye protec tors for example goggles or indus trial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jew elry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury Your vehicle has an automatic en gine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other ob jects away from it Vehicle being Vehicle with A CAUTION jump started battery for e Always connect positive to posi tive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt etc not to the battery e Make sure that cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compart ment and that clamps do not contact any other metal Jumper cable connecting order O SCE0479 to the P Park position Switch off all unnec 5 Start the engine of the other vehicle and let it run for a few minutes A WARNING essary electrical systems light heat
276. s Zy Air flows from defroster foot outlets and side ventilators To turn the system off Push the OFF button OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and out side air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up the air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally The sensor on the instrument panel helps main tain a constant temperature do not put anything on or around this sensor IN CABIN MICROFILTER The air conditioning system is equipped with an in cabin microfilter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter according to the specified maintenance intervals listed in your Service and Maintenance Guide To replace the filter contact your NISSAN dealer The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air conditioning system Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 19 SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer How ever special charging equipment and lubricants are required when servicing your NISSAN air conditioner
277. s The cargo restrained in the net must not exceed 30 Ib 13 6 kg or the net may not stay secured TONNEAU COVER if so equipped The tonneau cover keeps the luggage compart ment contents hidden from the outside To open the tonneau cover pull it out and hang both sides on the hooks To close the tonneau cover remove it from the hooks and put the hook a on the guide then release it as illustrated To open the sub cover pull out and hang both sides on the hooks behind the rear seat head restraint To close the sub cover remove it from the hooks and release it To remove the tonneau cover pull the holder to the opposite side 1 WARNING Never put anything on the tonneau cover no matter how small Any ob ject on it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop Close the tonneau and sub covers when folding the rear seat Do not leave the tonneau cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury The top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the tonneau cover or items in the cargo area Remove the tonneau cover from the vehicle or secure it and any cargo Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS
278. s is large wheel slip such as when driving the vehicle on rough roads through sand mud or freeing a stuck vehicle In these cases the AWD warning light blinks rapidly and the AWD mode changes to 2WD to protect z the power train parts If you stop driving with the engine idling and wait until the warning light stops switch set in OFF AUTO blinking the AWD returns to the OFF AUTO mode Starting and driving 5 23 e When turning the ON LOCK mode on paved roads you may feel a braking effect This is a normal condition of the AWD model 5 24 Starting and driving Warning light Comes on or blinks when SIs a There is a malfunction in the all wheel drive system ZTN Comes on The power train oil temperature rises abnormally The difference in wheel rotation is large Blinks slowly SSD0314A AWD WARNING LIGHT The AWD warning light is located in the meter The AWD warning light comes on when the key switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system when the key switch is ON the warning light will remain illuminated High temperature power train oil due to continu ous operation of the vehicle to free a stuck vehicle makes the warning light blink rapidly about twice per second The driving mode may change to 2 wheel drive OFF AUTO mode may change to ON LOCK mode before the warning light blinks This is normal If the warning light blinks r
279. s of control If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your NISSAN all wheel drive vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a two wheel drive vehicle The vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and or a roll over accident Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the front wheels when driving on slip pery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes immedi ately after driving in mud or water See Brake system later in this sec tion for wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or side ways you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent mainte nance may be required See Peri odic maintenance in the Service and Maintenance Guide Do not drive continuously on sandy or muddy roads with the front wheels spinning The AWD warning light blinks and the driving mode changes to 2WD This could reduce traction force remarkably Be especially care ful when towing a trailer AWD mod els Do not use 2 wheel chassis dyna mometers or 2 wheel free rollers AWD models
280. s than 20 MPH 32 km h the low tire pressure warning system may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly INDICATOR LIGHTS Cruise main switch indicator light The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system Is operational Cruise set indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not func tioning properly Have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer CVT Continuously variable transmission indicator light When the ignition switch is turned ON the light comes on for 2 seconds AWD All wheel drive LOCK indicator light AWD models This light comes on when the ignition switch is turned to ON and turns off within 1 second When selecting LOCK mode while the engine is running this light will illuminate See Using all Instruments and controls 2 13 wheel drive AWD in the 5 Starting and driving section Ee High beam indicator light Blue This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is SERVIC F Malfunction indicator lamp MIL If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on steady
281. section The seat back may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT WARNING e Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents Operating tips e The seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during Operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power support seat for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery See Automatic drive positioner in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments for automatic seat positioner operation Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 3 Forward and ee Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this sectio
282. see Rear center seat belt later in this section The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion will permit the belt to move and allow you some freedom of movement in the seat 1 26 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems POSITION low on the hips i SSS0061 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Make sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger and rear seat belts have a cinching mechanism for child restraint installa tion It is referred to as the automatic locking mode When the cinching mechanism is activated the seat belt cannot be withdrawn again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted For additional information see Child restraints later in this section The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension 4A WARNING e When fastening the seat belts be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured pas sengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop e When attaching the rear center seat belt connec
283. similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar ma terials If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH if so equipped SIC 1881 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC System ON for most driving conditions When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to re duce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To cancel the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC System push the VDC OFF switch to turn off the system The indicator light will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the POWER OUTLET engine to turn ON the system See Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the 5 Start ing and driving section Instruments and controls 2 27 The power outlet is for powering electrical ac cessories such as cellular telephones 1 Located beside the glove box if so equipped Pull down the cover to open 2 Located inside the console box Pull to remove the cover to open 3 Located the side o
284. ss Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Vehicle loading information earlier in this section for details Also check tires for proper inflation pressures See the tire and loading information label affixed to the driver s door center pillar Payload Weight Capacity Unit lb kg VQ35DE ee 1 050 475 1 090 495 C cma 1070 48 MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label that is located on the drivers door lock pillar If weight ratings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings CAUTION Overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Failures caused by overloading are not covered by your warranty TOWING A TRAILER Total trailer load Tongue load Tongue load x 100 9 to 11 Total trailer load Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarily to carry passengers and cargo Re member that towing a trailer will place additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steer ing braking and other systems A Niss
285. sssrsrsresnsnsnsnsnnsns 9 25 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Fuel Engine oil 6 Drain and refill With oil filter change Without oil filter change Cooling system With reservoir Reservoir Differential gear oil CVT fluid Transfer fluid Power steering fluid PSF Brake fluid Multi purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant Air conditioning system lubricants Windshield washer fluid 1 For additional information see later in this paragraph for fuel recommendation Capacity Approximate US Imp measure measure 21 5 8 gal 18 gal 4 1 4 qt 3 1 2 qt 3 7 8 qt 3 1 4 qt 9 3 4 qt 8 1 8 qt 7 8 qt 3 5 qt Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Liter 82 4 0 3 7 9 2 0 8 Recommended specifications Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI RON 91 1 e API Certification Mark 2 3 e API grade SG SH Energy Conserving amp Il or API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving 2 3 e ILSAC grade GF GF ll amp GF III 2 3 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 4 Genuine Nissan CVT Fluid NS 2 5 API GL 5 V
286. st that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appro priate sections in this Owner s Manual G Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems The supplemental side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemen tal side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions on the side where the vehicle is im pacted although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag operation When the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a
287. stances other wise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumu late For additional information see Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appearance and care sec tion Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the tank MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the ve hicle from moving Move the selector lever to the P Park position e Be sure the ignition key is OFF or LOCK when performing any parts re placement or repairs e Your vehicle is equipped with an au tomatic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not run ning To avoid injury always discon nect the negative battery cable be fore working near the fan e If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or r
288. stem is turned off by pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob with the cassette tape still in the player the tape will resume playing when the system is turned back on TAPE PLAY e When the TAPE button is pushed with the system turned off and a tape loaded the system will come on and the tape will play e When the TAPE button is pushed with either the radio or compact disc turned on and the tape loaded the compact disc or the radio will automatically be turned off and the tape will play e When the TAPE button is pushed with the TAPE playing the tape will play the program recorded on the reverse side gt gt EZI FF Fast Forward REW Rewind Push the pp fast forward button to fast forward the tape To rewind the tape push the 44 rewind button Either the FF or REW symbol illuminates on the display window To stop the FF or REW function press the gt p fast forward or lt q rewind again or the TAPE button APS Automatic Program Li Search FF APS REW When the Pl APS FF button is pushed for 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems less than 1 5 seconds while the tape is being played the next program will start to play from the beginning Push the P APS FF button several times to skip through programs The tape will advance the number of times the button is pushed up to nine programs When the I APS REW button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds once the progra
289. straints If the child re straint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbings apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then brush the webbing wipe it with a cloth and allow it to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are com pletely dry e f dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire belt assembly should be replaced 1 32 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS WARNING e Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the ve hicle Failure to use a child restraint can result in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe acci dent The child could be crushed be tween the adult and parts of the ve hicle Also do not put the same seat
290. such as Nissan Liquid or Spray Wax Your NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish e f the surface does not polish easily use a road tar remover and wax again Machine compounding or aggressive pol ishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at your NISSAN dealer or any automotive acces sory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and caus ing underbody and suspension corrosion Be fore the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the win dow do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or
291. sudden stop It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously in jured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 5 Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seat Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide signifi cant protection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been re moved for any reason If the head restraints are removed for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched po sition If they are not completely se cured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop When returning the seatbacks be sure to attach the rear center seat belt connector Do
292. t facing SSS0113 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child re straint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the belt is fully retracted Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 43 belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled the seat belt only locks during a sudden stop or impact Front facing cE PULL to tighten Check for a secure fit 4 Allow the belt to retract Pull up onthe beltto 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint remove any slack in the belt use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the belt is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the lap belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat 1 44 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems MEMO Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 45 2 Instruments and controls mstrument panel araisa 2
293. tandard equipment or are extremely deteriorated the ve hicle dynamic control system may not operate properly and the vehicle dy namic control off indicator light may 5 30 Starting and driving come on When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked cor ners the vehicle dynamic control sys tem may not operate properly and the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light may come on Do not drive on these types of roads If the tires other than the recom mended ones are used the vehicle dynamic control system may not op erate properly or the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light may come on The vehicle dynamic control system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road When the vehicle is on a conveyance such as a ferry the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light and slip indicator light may come on This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after departing the conveyance COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer or glycerin to it through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check antifreeze to assure proper winter protection For additional information see Engine cooling sys tem in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself
294. ted Supplemental curtain side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the im pact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel door finishers and side roof rails See Seat belts later in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 9 Sit upright and well back WARNING e The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact roll over or lower severity frontal collision Al ways wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective SSS0131 when you are sitting well back and u
295. tempt to modify or disassemble the headlight assembly Always have your xenon headlights re placed at a NISSAN dealer For addi tional information see Headlight and turn signal switch in the 2 instru ments and controls section Halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope Do not touch the bulb Use the same number and wattage as originally installed Bulb no Wattage D2R 35W Xenon low high beam or HB5 65 55W Halogen low high beam Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the performance of the head light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Front turn signal T20 Front park light T10 C 2F Front side marker light T10 C 2F Front fog light if so equipped HB4 Rear combination light Turn signal Stop Tail Side marker light Back up License plate light High mounted stop light Ceiling light Map light Rear personal light Step light Luggage light Vanity mirror light if so equipped See a NISSAN dea
296. the ENTER button this system will not proceed to the next step display If you do not touch the button or screen key for more than 1 minute on the TRIP SETTING or START UP screen the screen will change to TRIP screen automatically To proceed to the next step refer to the separate Navigation system Owner s Manual HOW TO USE THE TRIP BUTTON When the TRIP button is pushed the following models will display on the screen Warning message if there are any TRIP 1 Elapsed Time Driving Distance Average Speed gt TRIP 2 FUEL ECONOMY Aver age Fuel Economy Distance to Empty gt Elapsed Time Driving Distance Average Speed MAINTENANCE Engine Oil Tire Rotation and Tire Pressure if so equipped Trip 1 trip 2 and fuel economy items To reset the TRIP 1 TRIP 2 and FUEL ECONOMY select the RESET key using the joystick and push the ENTER button or push the TRIP button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds Average Fuel Economy FUEL ECONOMY MAINTENANCE Fuel Economy CEng o 3 750 7 500 0 Tire Rotation 0 3 750 7 500 miles Maintenance items You can set the engine oil and the tire rotation interval And the tire pressure will appear on the screen if the tire pressure system is equipped To display the setting of the maintenance inter val select the Engine Oil or Tire Rotation key using the joystick and push the ENTER
297. the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level on the dipstick after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately locate the trouble and correct it See Precautions when starting 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level in the reservoir tank with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation deterioration or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these sub
298. three methods a Push the cancel switch The SET indicator light will go out b Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator light will go out c Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator lights will go out e If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES set switch and reset at the Cruising speed turn the main switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically be can celled if the vehicle slows down below ap 5 20 Starting and driving proximately 8 MPH 13 km h e Move the selector lever to N Neutral posi tion The SET indicator light will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch b Push and hold the ACCEL RES set switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch c Push then quickly release the ACCEL RES set switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it b Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed c Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch E
299. ting under the following conditions e when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h e when any two or more of the memory switches are simultaneously pushed while the automatic drive positioner is operating e when the adjusting switch for the driver s seat is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating e when the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed for at least 1 second e when the seat has been already moved to the memorized position e when no seat position is stored in the memory switch MEMO Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 MEMO 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Sely TI OLS aa arpana iaaa Ea ne 4 2 Control panel buttons without navigation system 4 2 Names of the components sssssssssssesssrssssssrsnsrresrnsnsnsnnnns 4 3 How to use joystick and ENTER button 4 3 How to use PREV button ssesssesesesesessseeesrenenrreerrenesnns 4 3 How to use TRIP button sessseseseseseseeeseeeeneneerrenensne 4 3 How to use FUEL ECON DUnOM wisisicscucccscncsecisiicien 4 4 E a e PTA EEPO AA EEA E EET 4 4 How to use E M DUTTON siameses 4 4 How to use MAINT Maintenance button 4 5 How to use SETTING button ccisccesisnscisteccadeenesicossnenss 4 5 DAY NIGHT DUON acessoires aiie 4 7 Control panel buttons with navigation system 4 7 Names of the Compon
300. tly touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB 3 Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves 4 Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key POWER STEERING The power assisted steering is designed to use a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns or at low speeds 4A WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be much harder to operate BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels Vacuum assisted brake The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to
301. to Tire labeling later in this section TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION 7 PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT 7 6 and 7 Spare tire size or compact spare tire Sooo X E size if so equipped Checking the tire pressure ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE TAILLE DU PNEU D ORIGINE PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL 1 INFORMATION Remove the valve stem cap from the tire POUR D AUTRES D TALS SE REPORTER 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the a CONDUCTEUR valve stem Do not press too hard or force the PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS A p valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is SDI1574 heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage Tire and loading information label 2 Vehicle load limit See loading information in the Technical and consumer information sec tion 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Remove the gauge D Seating capacity The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 3 Original tire size The size of the tires origi nally installed on the vehicle at the factory 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too much air Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the
302. tor be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear cen ter seat belt connector is completely secured e If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop i PRESS to unfasten SSS0021 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt will automatically retract Checking seat belt operation Your seat belt retractors are designed to lock belt movement using two separate methods e when the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e when the vehicle slows down rapidly You can check their operation as follows grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly for ward The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about belt operation see your NISSAN dealer Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 27 Shoulder belt height adjustment Except for rear center seat The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best suited for you See Precautions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To lower pull the release button and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so that the belt passes over the shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock th
303. ts to extend their hand out of the win dow or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the previous illus trations When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the supplemental side air bag inflates you may be seriously in jured Be especially careful with chil dren who should always be properly restrained Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 13 e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation 1 14 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems Crash zone sensor 2 3 4 Supplemental front air bag modules Supplemental curtain side impact air bags Supplemental curtain side impact air bag modules Seat belt pre tensioner retractor Satellite sensors Diagnosis sensor unit Supplemental side air bag modules Supplemental front air bag system The driver supplemental air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel the front passenger supplemental air bag is mounted in the instru ment panel above the glove box These systems are designed to meet optional certification re quirements under U S regulations They are also permitted in Canada The optional certification allows front air bags to be designed to inflate somewhat less forcefully than previously How ever all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual st
304. ts escectscececavacscsieesedacvenettaes 9 9 Identification number VIN 9 10 Loading IMPOR Mitccctseuatscersrsrmtrercsercetserten 9 14 Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 14 SECU SYSUOM iatecesiectenaniuninraiaenaranetinctinetatet 2 16 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 27 Vehicle electronic SYStOMS ccscesecceecce 4 12 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system if so equipped sssss1rrssssrrrressrrrreessrrrrerssrrrrrssns 5 29 Vehicle load capacity ssssssssssresresrerrsrnurenrennerrnnnernnne 9 15 Ventilators msinione T 4 16 WwW Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 20 Warning light Air bag warning light sseessssesssse 1 20 2 12 Anti lock brake warning light sesser 2 9 AWD all wheel drive warning light 2 10 AWD warning WEA sete teeckcerecnceeteseeentescaneences 5 24 Brake warning light scciecescecscscsescceuseoccbcesieenetieonts 2 10 Door open warning light 2 11 Low fuel warning light sssssssssssrssssrerssssrsnesrennne 2 11 Low tire pressure warning light nesese 2 12 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 11 Warning lights ccteccesccsac ste cerectetceetebeceleatsccehtaseacechentetens 2 9 Warning Hazard warning flasher switch 2 25 Warning Low tire pressure warning SYSTEM eee E ene en metre ee 5 3 6 2 Warning Warning indicator lights and audible remMINdET Sruni n na 2 9 Warranty Emission control system warranty 9 23 Washer switch Rear windo
305. turned to LOCK and be removed from the ignition switch Additionally the selector lever cannot be moved to R Reverse from N Neutral or any D Drive position The selector lever can be moved to R Reverse from any of the D Drive posi tions within 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFF position The selector lever can be moved from R Reverse to P Park with the key in the OFF or ACC position If the key cannot be turned to LOCK perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Turn the key to ON while depressing the foot brake pedal 3 Move the selector lever to P Park 4 Turn the ignition key to LOCK to remove the key P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is 5 12 Starting and driving parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed to move the se lector lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the lever to the P Park position CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped when selecting R Reverse The brake pedal must be de pressed to move the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse The selector lever can be moved to R
306. ube tube type or not tubeless 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure 8 Manufacturer or Brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears while lettering or bears manu facturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward racing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES CAUTION e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type for example summer all sea son or snow and construction Your NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance f
307. uipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equip ment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner seat belt system e If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle con tact a NISSAN dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt system activates in conjunction with the supplemental front air bag Working with the seat belt retrac tor it helps tighten the seat belt the instant the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts When the pre tensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful but care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner seat belt system the supplemental air bag warn ing light 2 will not come on will flash inter mittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition key has been turned to the ON or START position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properl
308. umber of tracks on the disc and the play time will appear on the display If the radio or tape is already operating it will automatically turn off and the compact disc will play CAUTION Do not force compact discs into the slot This could damage the player If the system has been turned off while the compact disc was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the com pact disc 8 cm diameter compact discs can also be used without an adapter PLAY When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the com pact disc loaded but the tape or the radio playing the tape or radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play gt gt lt lt FF Fast Forward REW Rewind When the gt p fast forward or lt q rewind button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the Pl APS FF button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is p
309. unction indicator lamp MIL Security indicator light Slip indicator light if so equipped Turn signal hazard indicator lights VDC Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light if so equipped not functioning properly Have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer If an abnormality occurs in the system the anti lock function will cease but the ordinary brakes will continue to operate normally See Anti lock brake system ABS in the 5 Start ing and driving section for further details If the light comes on while you are driving contact your NISSAN dealer for repair Instruments and controls 2 9 AWD All wheel drive warning light AWD models The AWD warning light comes on when the key switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the AWD system malfunctions or the revolu tion or radius of the front and the rear wheel differs the warning light will either remain illumi nated or blink See Using all wheel drive AWD in the 5 Starting and driving section CAUTION e If the warning light comes on while driving AWD mode will change to 2WD mode Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the LOCK mode e If the AWD warning light blinks when you are driving e blinks rapidly about twice a sec ond Pull off the road in a safe area and 2 10 Instrume
310. use fusible link holder P 8 21 e O Battery P 8 14 th OQ read i ARAS SB ges Illustrated table of contents 0 7 MEMO 0 8 Illustrated table of contents 1 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems SMS AES EA O EE EEEE AES 1 2 Front manual seat adjustment passenger side 1 2 Front power seat adjustment sssssesessrsrsrsrersresenns 1 3 Rear seat adjustment wcencceceucctiectesenstcdidtee eer eceesee 1 5 Head restraint AGUS UCI a cacsescnscscs ccczcntetereeetireusee laos 1 7 Active head restraint front seats voces 1 8 UU fois ee AE A A ee eee 1 9 Supplemental restraint system esses 1 9 Precautions on supplemental restraint system 1 9 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 20 Supplemental air bag warning light nesese 1 20 Seat Dalis ernn SSeS vere ee 1 22 Precautions on seat belt usage sesser 1 22 CTA SACU O A A E A 1 24 Pregnani WOMEN sirsa anaana Rana 1 25 injured PpersonS sssaaa aan a 1 25 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 25 Rear center Seat Delt ccccscsessssssssssessessseesseseeeees 1 29 Seat belt Extenders wu ccc ccsccsssssssssessesssessesseesseeses 1 31 Seat belt MAINTENANCE wu ce ccesseeseeessessseseeeeseeesenees 1 32 Gnid restraints sonsir naaa aia 1 32 Precautions on child restraints ccccssesss esses 1 32 Installation on rear seat center or outboard aE E E E A 1 34 Latch Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren E E E E T 1 39
311. ushed When the last program on the compact disc is skipped through the first program will be played When the l lt APS REW button is pushed for less than 1 5 sec onds the program being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through programs The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed When pushing the Pl APS FF or l lt APS REW button for more than 1 5 seconds each track will play for about 10 seconds To stop playing push the button again PROG REPEAT RPT When the PROG RPT play button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 29 1 TRACK RPT 1 DISC RDM ALL DISC RPT ry CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will come out and the system will turn off If the compact disc comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it except 8 cm diameter com pact discs CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded with the system on Compact disc CD changer operation Type B Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guide
312. ut the restraint in another seat and test it again For a front facing child restraint check to make sure the shoulder belt does not go in front of the child s face Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 33 INSTALLATION ON REAR SEAT or neck If it does put the shoulder CENTER OR OUTBOARD belt behind the child restraint If you POSITIONS must install a front facing child re straint in the front seat see instruc tions later in this section A WARNING e When your child restraint is not in use store it in the trunk or keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident e The three point rear seat belts on your vehicle are equipped with a locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child re straint e Failure to do so will result in the child EOI A CAUTION restraint not being properly secured Front Facing outboard step 1 It could tip over or otherwise be un Front facing secured and cause injury to the child Sas Remember that a child restraint left in a in a sudden stop or collision When you install a child restraint in a rear closed vehicle can become very hot outboard or center seat follow these steps Check the seating surface and buckles e When installing a child restraint sys a l EE ee 1 Position the child restraint on the seat It can before placing your child in the child tem in the rear center position
313. utside temperature down to freeze distilled C F water 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself WARNING e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Wait until the engine and radiator cool down e See If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emergency section e The radiator is equipped with a pres sure cap To prevent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN add coolant up to the MAX level If the reservoir tank is empty add the coolant to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level If the engine cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by your NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Contact your NISSAN dealer if replacement is required e Major cooling system repairs should be per formed by your NISSAN dealer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual e Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating WARNING e To avoid being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact
314. very steep grades or in low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Temperature conditions also can affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can af fect engine performance and cause overheating The transmission high fluid temperature protec tion mode which helps reduce the chance of transmission damage could activate and auto matically decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease to 40 to 50 MPH 65 to 80 km h under high load Plan your trip carefully to ac count for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions WARNING Overheating can result in reduced en gine power and lower vehicle speed 9 18 Technical and consumer information Also when the high temperature mode operates vehicle speed may be gradu ally reduced On highways the reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the engine to cool or the transmission to return to normal operation Tongue load Keep the tongue load between 9 to 11 of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specifications Chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Gross axle weight T11012M Maximum gross vehicle weight maximum g
315. void direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil may be hot Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket remaining on the mounting surface of the engine Coat the rubber gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb 15 to 20 N m Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait several minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if neces sary Maintenance and do it yourself 8 1 1 CVT FLUID Contact your NISSAN dealer if checking or replacement is required CAUTION e Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Do not mix with other fluids e Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warrant
316. w wiper and washer switch 2 19 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 18 Washing cera eereea a cectceee reece aaaeei 7 2 a E E 7 2 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 9 Wheel tife SiZepnimiisensniannneini nan 9 9 Wheels and tires ssssssssssssssrisrssesroresrennrinnsnrsnsnesnrnnnnns 8 27 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels nsss 7 3 Window washer fluid asatsccsteute et cceesiececetiecetaeedce 8 13 Window s NAIA estes en ecetece seeders tent ee 7 3 POW TWA OWS va tae inca cect entrada tenteracenteeenets 2 33 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 18 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 19 Rear window wiper blade 8 19 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 18 Wiper blades sssssssssssssrssrsrrsrsnesnsnnrnnsnnnrenennenesnnns 8 17 Xenon headlightS s sesssssssrrsrrerssrrrrerreresrrrrnrrerrernnrnnrns 2 20 Information Provided by DEALER 10 7 _ MEMO 10 8 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc tane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 91 For improved vehicle performance NISSAN recommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Research octane number 96 CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission con trol systems and may also affect war ranty coverage Under no circumst
317. when key is turned to the ON 8 position Starting and driving 5 9 STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 9 Move the selector lever to P Park or N Neutral P preferred The starter is designed not to operate if the selector lever is in one of the driving posi tions 3 Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure e Ifthe engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts e Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 to 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the en gine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure 5 10 Starting and driving CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again other wise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the en
318. while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular telephones while driving e If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so To open push the cellular phone holder lid as illustrated The inner tray can be removed as illustrated Do not place valuable items in the holder Do not use the cellular phone holder as an ashtray CUP HOLDERS WARNING The cup holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking Instruments and controls 2 29 when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid UNLOCK is hot it can scald you or your pas senger N LOCK e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident Front Push the cup holder lid A to open 4 Install the bottom piece for taller size cups Install the reverse side of the bottom piece up for shorter cups mean GLOVE BOX Push 4 to open the cup holder When locking or unlocking the glove box use 3 Use this flap for smaller bottles or for bigger the master key bottles by flipping up 4 Pull up the inner tray
319. wing conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and or pre tensioner seat belt may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemen tal side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and pre tensioner seat belt are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these sys tems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the veh
320. with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Rein sert it all the way 6 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H and L marks If the oil level is below the L mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recom mended oil through the opening Do not overfill Recheck oil level with dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Operating with insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 Oil filler cap LOOSEN Oil drain plug CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 5 Remove the oil fille
321. xygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol me thyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of ap propriate cosolvents and corrosion in hibitors If not properly formulated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or ve hicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling and hard hot starting are experi enced after using oxygenate blend fuels imme diately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any Technical and consumer information 9 3 aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel in jector cleaner octane booster intake valve de
322. y The specified CVT fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compart ment 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself POWER STEERING FLUID HOT MAX MT COLD MAX HOT y cw HOT MIN COLD MIN Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C CAUTION e Do not overfill e Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equiva lent BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine Nissan Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 US FMVSS No 116 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be thoroughly checked by your NISSAN dealer WARNING Use only new fluid Old inferior or con taminated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash with water WINDOW WASHER FLUID Add fluid when the low washer fluid warning light comes on Add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manu facturer s instructions for the mixture r
323. y They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appro priate sections in this Owner s Manual Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 1 19 WARNING SRS AIR BAG The warning labels are located on the surface WARNING SRS SIDE AIR BAG of the sun visors The warning label is attached as shown SPA0945C SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration 1 20 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems 0e SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light display ing A in the instrument panel monitors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt The circuits monitored by the air bag warn ing light are the diagnosis sensor unit satellite sensors front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain side impact air bag modules and pre tensioner seat belt and all related wiring After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illumi nates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational If any of the follo

Owners Manual - Dealer e

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents